[16] | 1 | /* IBM_PROLOG_BEGIN_TAG */ |
---|
| 2 | /* This is an automatically generated prolog. */ |
---|
| 3 | /* */ |
---|
| 4 | /* */ |
---|
| 5 | /* */ |
---|
| 6 | /* Licensed Materials - Property of IBM */ |
---|
| 7 | /* */ |
---|
| 8 | /* (C) COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp. 2004,2006 */ |
---|
| 9 | /* All Rights Reserved */ |
---|
| 10 | /* */ |
---|
| 11 | /* US Government Users Restricted Rights - Use, duplication or */ |
---|
| 12 | /* disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp. */ |
---|
| 13 | /* */ |
---|
| 14 | /* IBM_PROLOG_END_TAG */ |
---|
| 15 | #pragma comment (copyright, "@(#)Licensed Materials-Property of IBM") |
---|
| 16 | static char sccsid[] = "@(#)46 1.5 src/avs/fs/mmfs/samples/util/tsbackup.C, mmfs, avs_rgpfs24, rgpfs24s001a 4/4/06 09:37:12"; |
---|
| 17 | |
---|
| 18 | /*=========================================================================== |
---|
| 19 | * |
---|
| 20 | * tsbackup: a utility for backing up a GPFS filesystem to a TSM server |
---|
| 21 | * |
---|
| 22 | * Syntax: |
---|
| 23 | * |
---|
| 24 | * tsbackup Device MountPoint -n ControlFile [-t {full | incremental}] |
---|
| 25 | * [-r IOrate] [-T] |
---|
| 26 | * or |
---|
| 27 | * |
---|
| 28 | * tsbackup Device MountPoint -R [-r IOrate] [-T] |
---|
| 29 | * |
---|
| 30 | *==========================================================================*/ |
---|
| 31 | |
---|
| 32 | #ifdef GPFS_LINUX |
---|
| 33 | /* Use 64 bit version of stat, etc. */ |
---|
| 34 | #define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE |
---|
| 35 | #define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 |
---|
| 36 | |
---|
| 37 | typedef long long offset_t; |
---|
| 38 | #endif |
---|
| 39 | |
---|
| 40 | #ifdef GPFS_AIX |
---|
| 41 | /* Use 64 bit version of stat, etc. */ |
---|
| 42 | #ifndef _LARGE_FILES |
---|
| 43 | #define _LARGE_FILES |
---|
| 44 | #endif |
---|
| 45 | #endif |
---|
| 46 | |
---|
| 47 | #include <stdio.h> |
---|
| 48 | #include <stdlib.h> |
---|
| 49 | #include <errno.h> |
---|
| 50 | #include <unistd.h> |
---|
| 51 | #include <string.h> |
---|
| 52 | #include <fcntl.h> |
---|
| 53 | #include <assert.h> |
---|
| 54 | |
---|
| 55 | // The following includes are for pipeOpen(), pipeClose(), etc. |
---|
| 56 | #include <signal.h> |
---|
| 57 | #include <sys/wait.h> |
---|
| 58 | #include <errno.h> |
---|
| 59 | #include <sys/stat.h> |
---|
| 60 | #include <sys/types.h> |
---|
| 61 | #include <pthread.h> |
---|
| 62 | |
---|
| 63 | extern "C" |
---|
| 64 | { |
---|
| 65 | #include <time.h> |
---|
| 66 | #include <ctype.h> |
---|
| 67 | } |
---|
| 68 | |
---|
| 69 | #include <gpfs.h> |
---|
| 70 | |
---|
| 71 | #include "tsbackup.h" // all relevant structures for backup |
---|
| 72 | |
---|
| 73 | |
---|
| 74 | /* forward declarations */ |
---|
| 75 | extern "C" char *basename(const char *); |
---|
| 76 | |
---|
| 77 | /* globals for the tsbackup program */ |
---|
| 78 | |
---|
| 79 | char deviceName[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 80 | char fsName[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 81 | char inputCtrlFile[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 82 | const char* snapshotPathname; |
---|
| 83 | char snapshotSubdir[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 84 | char sstring[MAX_COMMAND_STRING]; |
---|
| 85 | pid_t msgChildPid = 0; |
---|
| 86 | gpfs_fssnap_id_t prevSnapId; |
---|
| 87 | |
---|
| 88 | static char *transactionCmdExpire = "expire"; |
---|
| 89 | static char *transactionCmdIncremental = "incremental"; |
---|
| 90 | static char *transactionCmdSelective = "selective"; |
---|
| 91 | static char *transactionCmdOption = "filelist"; |
---|
| 92 | |
---|
| 93 | static char *backupControlName = ".mmbuControl"; |
---|
| 94 | static char *backupShadowName = ".mmbuShadow"; |
---|
| 95 | static char *shadowCheckName = ".mmbuShadowCheck"; |
---|
| 96 | static char *backupFilesizesName = ".mmbuFilesizes"; |
---|
| 97 | static char *fsSnapshotName_base = ".mmbuSnapshot"; |
---|
| 98 | static char *transListName = ".mmbuTrans"; |
---|
| 99 | static char *pendingDeletionsName = ".mmbuPendingDels"; |
---|
| 100 | static char *pendingChangesName = ".mmbuPendingChgs"; |
---|
| 101 | static char *changesName = ".mmbuChanges"; |
---|
| 102 | static char *deletionsName = ".mmbuDeletions"; |
---|
| 103 | |
---|
| 104 | inodeBitsArray inodeBitsP = NULL; |
---|
| 105 | inodeBitsArray inodeBits2P = NULL; |
---|
| 106 | |
---|
| 107 | char *RootFsDirP; |
---|
| 108 | |
---|
| 109 | /* Define the number of threads used to read the directories. */ |
---|
| 110 | #define DEFAULT_THREADS 24 |
---|
| 111 | int nThreads = DEFAULT_THREADS; |
---|
| 112 | |
---|
| 113 | /* Define wait queue for threads. */ |
---|
| 114 | static pthread_mutex_t QueueMutex; |
---|
| 115 | static pthread_cond_t QueueCond; |
---|
| 116 | static int NWorkersWaiting = 0; |
---|
| 117 | static int NWorkersRunning = 0; |
---|
| 118 | |
---|
| 119 | /* Define mutex to serialize the output. */ |
---|
| 120 | static pthread_mutex_t OutputMutex; |
---|
| 121 | |
---|
| 122 | static QueueElement *WorkQueueP = NULL; |
---|
| 123 | |
---|
| 124 | |
---|
| 125 | /* |
---|
| 126 | * Define storage for variables declared in tsbackup.h |
---|
| 127 | */ |
---|
| 128 | Int32 ioRate = 100; /* I/O rate */ |
---|
| 129 | Int32 Tracing = 0; /* tracing control flag */ |
---|
| 130 | Int32 Full; /* backup type full (true or false) */ |
---|
| 131 | Int32 Incremental; /* backup type incremental (true or false) */ |
---|
| 132 | Int32 Resume; /* resume backup (true or false) */ |
---|
| 133 | char masterNode[MAX_NAME_CHARS]; /* node on which tsbackup was invoked */ |
---|
| 134 | Int32 masterPID; /* pid for master tsbackup process */ |
---|
| 135 | |
---|
| 136 | char fsBackupCtrl[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 137 | char fsSnapshotName[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 138 | char fsSnapshotPathname[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 139 | gpfs_fssnap_handle_t *fsSnapHandleP = NULL; |
---|
| 140 | char filesizesFile[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 141 | Int32 filesizesHandle; |
---|
| 142 | char backupShadowFile[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 143 | char backupShadowCheck[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 144 | char shadowFile[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS][MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 145 | Int32 shadowFileHandle[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS]; |
---|
| 146 | Int64 shadowFileNumberOfRecords[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS]; |
---|
| 147 | char transactionsList[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 148 | Int32 transactionsListHandle; |
---|
| 149 | char clientTransactionsList[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES][MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 150 | Int32 clientTransactionsListHandle[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES]; |
---|
| 151 | char pendingTransactionsList[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 152 | char pendingTransactionsListName[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 153 | char clientPendingTransactionsList[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES][MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 154 | char changesFile[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 155 | Int32 fp_chg; |
---|
| 156 | char deletionsFile[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 157 | Int32 fp_del; |
---|
| 158 | Boolean fileDeletions; |
---|
| 159 | Boolean fileChanges; |
---|
| 160 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlP; |
---|
| 161 | |
---|
| 162 | extern int errno; |
---|
| 163 | |
---|
| 164 | #ifndef true |
---|
| 165 | #define true 1 |
---|
| 166 | #endif |
---|
| 167 | |
---|
| 168 | #ifndef false |
---|
| 169 | #define false 0 |
---|
| 170 | #endif |
---|
| 171 | |
---|
| 172 | |
---|
| 173 | /* |
---|
| 174 | * print usage message and exit |
---|
| 175 | */ |
---|
| 176 | static void usage(char *argv0) |
---|
| 177 | { |
---|
| 178 | fprintf(stderr, "Usage:\n %s Device MountPoint -n ControlFile [-t {full | incremental}] [-r IOrate]\n or\n %s Device MountPoint -R [-r IOrate]\n", basename(argv0), basename(argv0)); |
---|
| 179 | exit(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 180 | } |
---|
| 181 | |
---|
| 182 | |
---|
| 183 | #define TSSIZE 128 /* time buffer size */ |
---|
| 184 | |
---|
| 185 | /* |
---|
| 186 | * print trace line for entering a function |
---|
| 187 | */ |
---|
| 188 | void traceEntry(char* filen, char* funcn, Int32 linen) |
---|
| 189 | { |
---|
| 190 | time_t nowTime; |
---|
| 191 | char timebuf[TSSIZE]; |
---|
| 192 | struct tm CurrentTime; |
---|
| 193 | |
---|
| 194 | time(&nowTime); |
---|
| 195 | strftime(timebuf, TSSIZE, "%X" , localtime_r(&nowTime, &CurrentTime)); |
---|
| 196 | fprintf(stderr, "Trace: time %s, %s, line %d: enter %s()\n", |
---|
| 197 | timebuf, filen, linen, funcn); |
---|
| 198 | } |
---|
| 199 | |
---|
| 200 | |
---|
| 201 | /* |
---|
| 202 | * print trace line for exiting a function |
---|
| 203 | */ |
---|
| 204 | void traceExit(char* filen, char* funcn, Int32 linen) |
---|
| 205 | { |
---|
| 206 | time_t nowTime; |
---|
| 207 | char timebuf[TSSIZE]; |
---|
| 208 | struct tm CurrentTime; |
---|
| 209 | |
---|
| 210 | time(&nowTime); |
---|
| 211 | strftime(timebuf, TSSIZE, "%X" , localtime_r(&nowTime, &CurrentTime)); |
---|
| 212 | fprintf(stderr, "Trace: time %s, %s, line %d: exit %s()\n", |
---|
| 213 | timebuf, filen, linen, funcn); |
---|
| 214 | } |
---|
| 215 | |
---|
| 216 | |
---|
| 217 | /* |
---|
| 218 | * print trace line other than a function entry or exit |
---|
| 219 | */ |
---|
| 220 | void traceLine(char* filen, char* funcn, Int32 linen) |
---|
| 221 | { |
---|
| 222 | time_t nowTime; |
---|
| 223 | char timebuf[TSSIZE]; |
---|
| 224 | struct tm CurrentTime; |
---|
| 225 | |
---|
| 226 | time(&nowTime); |
---|
| 227 | strftime(timebuf, TSSIZE, "%X" , localtime_r(&nowTime, &CurrentTime)); |
---|
| 228 | fprintf(stderr, "Trace: time %s, %s, line %d, %s()\n", |
---|
| 229 | timebuf, filen, linen, funcn); |
---|
| 230 | } |
---|
| 231 | |
---|
| 232 | #if 0 |
---|
| 233 | #ifndef TIMELEN |
---|
| 234 | #define TIMELEN 26 |
---|
| 235 | #endif |
---|
| 236 | |
---|
| 237 | /* Return ptr to buffer passed in with current time |
---|
| 238 | filled in the buffer (year removed) */ |
---|
| 239 | char * |
---|
| 240 | consoleTime(char timeBufP[TIMELEN]) |
---|
| 241 | { |
---|
| 242 | time_t TimeNow; |
---|
| 243 | char *p; |
---|
| 244 | |
---|
| 245 | time(&TimeNow); |
---|
| 246 | ctime_r(&TimeNow, timeBufP); |
---|
| 247 | if ((p = strchr(timeBufP, '\n')) != NULL) |
---|
| 248 | *p = '\0'; |
---|
| 249 | return timeBufP; |
---|
| 250 | } |
---|
| 251 | #endif |
---|
| 252 | |
---|
| 253 | |
---|
| 254 | /* signal handler for SIGINT */ |
---|
| 255 | void sig_interrupt(int signo) |
---|
| 256 | { |
---|
| 257 | Int32 j, tmp; |
---|
| 258 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 259 | |
---|
| 260 | /* Delete any temporary files still lying around. */ |
---|
| 261 | |
---|
| 262 | /* Delete any existing client transactions files. */ |
---|
| 263 | for (j = 0; j < MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES; j++) |
---|
| 264 | { |
---|
| 265 | unlink(clientTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
| 266 | unlink(clientPendingTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
| 267 | } |
---|
| 268 | |
---|
| 269 | /* Delete the original transactions file now that we are done with it. */ |
---|
| 270 | unlink(transactionsList); |
---|
| 271 | |
---|
| 272 | unlink(changesFile); |
---|
| 273 | unlink(filesizesFile); |
---|
| 274 | unlink(deletionsFile); |
---|
| 275 | |
---|
| 276 | /* Delete the snapshot if it exists. */ |
---|
| 277 | if (stat(fsSnapshotPathname, &statBuf) != -1) |
---|
| 278 | { |
---|
| 279 | /* Delete the snapshot. */ |
---|
| 280 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/tsdelsnapshot %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
| 281 | deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
| 282 | tmp = system(sstring); |
---|
| 283 | |
---|
| 284 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
| 285 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
| 286 | { |
---|
| 287 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned rc = %d\n", sstring, tmp); |
---|
| 288 | } |
---|
| 289 | } |
---|
| 290 | |
---|
| 291 | /* If there is a backup control data structure, set the completion level |
---|
| 292 | to none and write the updated backup control data to the control file. */ |
---|
| 293 | if (backupControlP != 0) |
---|
| 294 | { |
---|
| 295 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_NONE; |
---|
| 296 | tmp = createBackupCtrlFile(fsBackupCtrl, backupControlP); |
---|
| 297 | } |
---|
| 298 | |
---|
| 299 | exit(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 300 | } |
---|
| 301 | |
---|
| 302 | |
---|
| 303 | /*------* |
---|
| 304 | * main * |
---|
| 305 | *------*/ |
---|
| 306 | |
---|
| 307 | int main(int argc, char *argv[]) |
---|
| 308 | { |
---|
| 309 | char linein[LINE_LENGTH]; /* buffer used in reading a line via fget */ |
---|
| 310 | Int32 tmp, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 311 | Int32 length; |
---|
| 312 | Int32 i, j, k; |
---|
| 313 | int c; |
---|
| 314 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 315 | #if 0 |
---|
| 316 | char timeBufP[TIMELEN]; |
---|
| 317 | #endif |
---|
| 318 | char timeString[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 319 | FILE* filePtr = NULL; /* file pointer for temp files and usage |
---|
| 320 | in popen() */ |
---|
| 321 | static char *devPrefix = "/dev/"; |
---|
| 322 | static char *mpPrefix = "/"; |
---|
| 323 | gpfs_direntx_t *shadow_controlP; |
---|
| 324 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlLocalP = NULL; |
---|
| 325 | backup_control_hdr_t *backupControlHdrP = NULL; |
---|
| 326 | char* cp; |
---|
| 327 | char* backupType; |
---|
| 328 | char* fn = "main"; |
---|
| 329 | |
---|
| 330 | /* Set signal handler for SIGINT */ |
---|
| 331 | if (signal(SIGINT, sig_interrupt) == SIG_ERR) |
---|
| 332 | { |
---|
| 333 | printf("tsbackup: Unable to set signal handler for SIGINT.\n"); |
---|
| 334 | } |
---|
| 335 | |
---|
| 336 | /* At least two parms must be passed, since the device and |
---|
| 337 | the mountpoint parms are required. */ |
---|
| 338 | if (argc < 3) |
---|
| 339 | { |
---|
| 340 | fprintf(stderr, "An incorrect number of parameters was passed.\n"); |
---|
| 341 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
| 342 | } |
---|
| 343 | |
---|
| 344 | /* Set the backup type flags prior to parsing the command parms. */ |
---|
| 345 | Incremental = false; |
---|
| 346 | Full = false; |
---|
| 347 | Resume = false; |
---|
| 348 | |
---|
| 349 | /* Parse the command parameters. */ |
---|
| 350 | |
---|
| 351 | /* The first arg is the device parameter, and it is mandatory. */ |
---|
| 352 | strcpy(deviceName, argv[1]); |
---|
| 353 | if ((strncmp(deviceName, devPrefix, strlen(devPrefix)) != 0) || |
---|
| 354 | (strcmp(deviceName, devPrefix) == 0)) |
---|
| 355 | { |
---|
| 356 | fprintf(stderr, "An incorrect parameter (%s) was specified for the device.\nThe value must begin with /dev/.\n", deviceName); |
---|
| 357 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
| 358 | } |
---|
| 359 | |
---|
| 360 | /* The second arg is the mountpoint parameter, and it is also mandatory. */ |
---|
| 361 | strcpy(fsName, argv[2]); |
---|
| 362 | if ((strncmp(fsName, mpPrefix, strlen(mpPrefix)) != 0) || |
---|
| 363 | (strcmp(fsName, mpPrefix) == 0)) |
---|
| 364 | { |
---|
| 365 | fprintf(stderr, "An incorrect parameter (%s) was specified for the mountpoint.\nThe value must begin with a /.\n", fsName); |
---|
| 366 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
| 367 | } |
---|
| 368 | |
---|
| 369 | /* Clear the input control file string before processing parameters. */ |
---|
| 370 | *inputCtrlFile = '\0'; |
---|
| 371 | |
---|
| 372 | /* Adjust argc and argv now that we've processed the first two parameters. */ |
---|
| 373 | argc = argc - 2; |
---|
| 374 | argv[2] = argv[0]; |
---|
| 375 | argv = &argv[2]; |
---|
| 376 | |
---|
| 377 | /* Parse the remainder of the parameter string. */ |
---|
| 378 | while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "n:r:Rt:T")) != EOF) |
---|
| 379 | { |
---|
| 380 | switch (c) |
---|
| 381 | { |
---|
| 382 | case 'n': // control file |
---|
| 383 | if (Resume) |
---|
| 384 | { |
---|
| 385 | fprintf(stderr, "Invalid combination: -n and -R\n"); |
---|
| 386 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
| 387 | } |
---|
| 388 | strncpy(inputCtrlFile, optarg, MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
| 389 | if (stat(inputCtrlFile, &statBuf) == -1) // Does the file exist? |
---|
| 390 | { |
---|
| 391 | fprintf(stderr, "Control file %s does not exist, errno=%d\n", |
---|
| 392 | inputCtrlFile, errno); |
---|
| 393 | exit(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 394 | } |
---|
| 395 | break; |
---|
| 396 | |
---|
| 397 | case 'r': // I/O rate |
---|
| 398 | ioRate = atoi((const char *) (optarg)); |
---|
| 399 | if ((ioRate <= 0) || (ioRate > 100)) |
---|
| 400 | { |
---|
| 401 | fprintf(stderr, "An incorrect value (%d) was specified for IOrate.\nSpecify a value between 0 and 100.\n", ioRate); |
---|
| 402 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
| 403 | } |
---|
| 404 | break; |
---|
| 405 | |
---|
| 406 | case 'R': // resume backup |
---|
| 407 | if (strcmp((const char *) inputCtrlFile, "") != 0) |
---|
| 408 | { |
---|
| 409 | fprintf(stderr, "Invalid combination: -n and -R\n"); |
---|
| 410 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
| 411 | } |
---|
| 412 | if (Full || Incremental) |
---|
| 413 | { |
---|
| 414 | fprintf(stderr, "Invalid combination: -t and -R\n"); |
---|
| 415 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
| 416 | } |
---|
| 417 | Resume = true; |
---|
| 418 | Incremental = false; |
---|
| 419 | Full = false; |
---|
| 420 | break; |
---|
| 421 | |
---|
| 422 | case 't': // backup type (full or incremental) |
---|
| 423 | if (Resume) |
---|
| 424 | { |
---|
| 425 | fprintf(stderr, "Invalid combination: -t and -R\n"); |
---|
| 426 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
| 427 | } |
---|
| 428 | if ( (strcmp((const char *) optarg, "full") == 0) || |
---|
| 429 | (strcmp((const char *) optarg, "Full") == 0) ) |
---|
| 430 | { |
---|
| 431 | Full = true; |
---|
| 432 | Incremental = false; |
---|
| 433 | Resume = false; |
---|
| 434 | } |
---|
| 435 | else if ( (strcmp((const char *) optarg, "incremental") == 0) || |
---|
| 436 | (strcmp((const char *) optarg, "Incremental") == 0) ) |
---|
| 437 | { |
---|
| 438 | Incremental = true; |
---|
| 439 | Full = false; |
---|
| 440 | Resume = false; |
---|
| 441 | } |
---|
| 442 | else |
---|
| 443 | { |
---|
| 444 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 445 | "The value (%s) specified for the -t flag is not valid.\n", |
---|
| 446 | optarg); |
---|
| 447 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
| 448 | } |
---|
| 449 | break; |
---|
| 450 | |
---|
| 451 | case 'T': // enable tracing |
---|
| 452 | Tracing = true; |
---|
| 453 | break; |
---|
| 454 | |
---|
| 455 | default: |
---|
| 456 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
| 457 | |
---|
| 458 | } |
---|
| 459 | } |
---|
| 460 | |
---|
| 461 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 462 | |
---|
| 463 | /* Initializations */ |
---|
| 464 | for (i = 0; i < MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS; i++) { |
---|
| 465 | shadowFileNumberOfRecords[i] = 0; |
---|
| 466 | } |
---|
| 467 | |
---|
| 468 | /* Obtain the pid number and node name for this invocation of tsbackup |
---|
| 469 | for later use by the mmexectsmcmd script. */ |
---|
| 470 | rc = gethostname(masterNode, MAX_NAME_CHARS); |
---|
| 471 | if (rc != 0) { |
---|
| 472 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 473 | "gethostname() failed; unable to obtain the name of the invoking node.\n"); |
---|
| 474 | exit(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 475 | } |
---|
| 476 | masterPID = getpid(); |
---|
| 477 | |
---|
| 478 | /* The names of the following files are based on the mount point |
---|
| 479 | of the filesystem. */ |
---|
| 480 | |
---|
| 481 | /* Construct the name for the backup control file. */ |
---|
| 482 | snprintf(fsBackupCtrl, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, backupControlName); |
---|
| 483 | |
---|
| 484 | /* Construct the name for the filesizes file. */ |
---|
| 485 | snprintf(filesizesFile, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, backupFilesizesName); |
---|
| 486 | |
---|
| 487 | /* Construct the name for the backup shadow file. */ |
---|
| 488 | snprintf(backupShadowFile, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, backupShadowName); |
---|
| 489 | |
---|
| 490 | /* Construct the name for the prior backup shadow file. */ |
---|
| 491 | snprintf(backupShadowCheck, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", |
---|
| 492 | fsName, shadowCheckName); |
---|
| 493 | |
---|
| 494 | /* Create the name of the transactionsList file. */ |
---|
| 495 | snprintf(transactionsList, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, transListName); |
---|
| 496 | |
---|
| 497 | #if 0 |
---|
| 498 | // BCH - The following code snippet was left here to demonstrate how to |
---|
| 499 | // BCH use the consoleTime routine should it be needed in the future. |
---|
| 500 | /* Construct a timestamp-based name for the snapshot |
---|
| 501 | to ensure its uniqueness (and thus avoid name collisions). */ |
---|
| 502 | snprintf(timeString, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s", consoleTime(timeBufP)); |
---|
| 503 | while ((cp = strchr(timeString, ' ')) != NULL) /* replace blanks with */ |
---|
| 504 | { /* underscore chars */ |
---|
| 505 | *cp = '_'; |
---|
| 506 | } |
---|
| 507 | snprintf(fsSnapshotName, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s_%s", |
---|
| 508 | fsSnapshotName_base, timeString); |
---|
| 509 | #endif |
---|
| 510 | |
---|
| 511 | /* Construct the name for the snapshot of the filesystem. */ |
---|
| 512 | snprintf(fsSnapshotName, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s", fsSnapshotName_base); |
---|
| 513 | |
---|
| 514 | /* Process whatever type of backup was specified. */ |
---|
| 515 | if (Full) /* full backup */ |
---|
| 516 | { |
---|
| 517 | assert((Resume == false) && (Incremental == 0)); |
---|
| 518 | rc = doFSFullBackup(fsName); |
---|
| 519 | switch (rc) |
---|
| 520 | { |
---|
| 521 | case RC_FAIL: /* failure */ |
---|
| 522 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSFullBackup() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 523 | fprintf(stderr, "tsbackup: full backup failed, rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 524 | break; |
---|
| 525 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* partial success */ |
---|
| 526 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 527 | "tsbackup: full backup finished with partial success, rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 528 | break; |
---|
| 529 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* complete success */ |
---|
| 530 | printf( |
---|
| 531 | "tsbackup: full backup finished with complete success, rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 532 | break; |
---|
| 533 | default: /* unexpected rc */ |
---|
| 534 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSFullBackup() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 535 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 536 | fprintf(stderr, "tsbackup: full backup failed, rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 537 | break; |
---|
| 538 | } |
---|
| 539 | } /* end full backup */ |
---|
| 540 | |
---|
| 541 | else if (Incremental == 1) /* incremental backup */ |
---|
| 542 | { |
---|
| 543 | /* If an input control file was passed it will be ignored and the |
---|
| 544 | information in the backup control file will be used instead. */ |
---|
| 545 | rc = doFSIncrementalBackup(fsName); |
---|
| 546 | switch (rc) |
---|
| 547 | { |
---|
| 548 | case RC_FAIL: /* failure */ |
---|
| 549 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSIncrementalBackup() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 550 | fprintf(stderr, "tsbackup: incremental backup failed, rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 551 | return(rc); |
---|
| 552 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* partial success */ |
---|
| 553 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 554 | "tsbackup: incremental backup finished with partial success, rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 555 | rc); |
---|
| 556 | break; |
---|
| 557 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* complete success */ |
---|
| 558 | printf( |
---|
| 559 | "tsbackup: incremental backup finished with complete success, rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 560 | rc); |
---|
| 561 | break; |
---|
| 562 | default: /* unexpected rc */ |
---|
| 563 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 564 | "doFSIncrementalBackup() returned unexpected rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 565 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 566 | fprintf(stderr, "tsbackup: incremental backup failed, rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 567 | } |
---|
| 568 | } /* end incremental backup */ |
---|
| 569 | |
---|
| 570 | else if (Resume) /* resume backup */ |
---|
| 571 | { |
---|
| 572 | /* |
---|
| 573 | * A resume backup may be done if the previous backup operation |
---|
| 574 | * finished with partial success. This information is saved |
---|
| 575 | * in the backup control file. Additionally, with partial success |
---|
| 576 | * a file named .PendingTransactions should exist which contains |
---|
| 577 | * the names of the files which were not successfully backed up |
---|
| 578 | * during the previous backup attempt. |
---|
| 579 | * If an input control file was passed, it will be ignored and the |
---|
| 580 | * existing information in the backup control file will be used instead. |
---|
| 581 | */ |
---|
| 582 | rc = doFSResumeBackup(fsName, &backupType); |
---|
| 583 | switch (rc) |
---|
| 584 | { |
---|
| 585 | case RC_FAIL: /* failure */ |
---|
| 586 | fprintf(stderr, "tsbackup: resume of %s backup failed, rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 587 | backupType, rc); |
---|
| 588 | break; |
---|
| 589 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* partial success */ |
---|
| 590 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 591 | "tsbackup: resume of %s backup finished with partial success, rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 592 | backupType, rc); |
---|
| 593 | break; |
---|
| 594 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* complete success */ |
---|
| 595 | printf( |
---|
| 596 | "tsbackup: resume of %s backup finished with complete success, rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 597 | backupType, rc); |
---|
| 598 | break; |
---|
| 599 | default: /* unexpected rc */ |
---|
| 600 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 601 | "doFSResumeBackup() returned unexpected rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 602 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 603 | fprintf(stderr, "tsbackup: resume of %s backup failed, rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 604 | backupType, rc); |
---|
| 605 | break; |
---|
| 606 | } |
---|
| 607 | } /* end resume backup */ |
---|
| 608 | |
---|
| 609 | else |
---|
| 610 | { |
---|
| 611 | /* We should not get here. */ |
---|
| 612 | fprintf(stderr, "Invalid parms: specify full, incremental, or resume.\n"); |
---|
| 613 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 614 | errno = EINVAL; |
---|
| 615 | usage(argv[0]); |
---|
| 616 | |
---|
| 617 | } /* end if (Full) */ |
---|
| 618 | |
---|
| 619 | /* If the the message process was forked, kill it now, |
---|
| 620 | since tsbackup is about to exit. */ |
---|
| 621 | if (msgChildPid != 0) |
---|
| 622 | { |
---|
| 623 | tmp = kill(msgChildPid, SIGTERM); |
---|
| 624 | } |
---|
| 625 | |
---|
| 626 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 627 | |
---|
| 628 | exit(rc); |
---|
| 629 | |
---|
| 630 | } /*------ end of main ----------------*/ |
---|
| 631 | |
---|
| 632 | |
---|
| 633 | /* |
---|
| 634 | * NAME: doFSFullBackup() |
---|
| 635 | * |
---|
| 636 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 637 | * Do a full backup of a filesystem. |
---|
| 638 | * |
---|
| 639 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 640 | * fsName: (IN) The full path name of the mounted filesystem. |
---|
| 641 | * |
---|
| 642 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 643 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_PSUCCESS on partial success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 644 | * |
---|
| 645 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 646 | * - Take a new snapshot under the new name. |
---|
| 647 | * - Backup the new snapshot. |
---|
| 648 | * - For each server involved with the previous backup, have a client issue |
---|
| 649 | * the "Delete Filespace" TSM command. |
---|
| 650 | */ |
---|
| 651 | int doFSFullBackup(char *fsName) |
---|
| 652 | { |
---|
| 653 | Int32 tmp, keep_rc, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 654 | backup_control_hdr_t *backupControlHdrP = NULL; |
---|
| 655 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 656 | char* fn = "doFSFullBackup"; |
---|
| 657 | |
---|
| 658 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 659 | |
---|
| 660 | /* Check whether there is a backup control file from a previous backup. */ |
---|
| 661 | rc = checkBackupCtrlFile(); |
---|
| 662 | if (rc == RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 663 | { |
---|
| 664 | /* Load the global backup control structure with the |
---|
| 665 | information from the backup control file. */ |
---|
| 666 | rc = processBackupCtrlFile(fsName, fsBackupCtrl, &backupControlP); |
---|
| 667 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 668 | { |
---|
| 669 | fprintf(stderr, "processBackupCtrlFile() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 670 | if (backupControlP != NULL) free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
| 671 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 672 | } |
---|
| 673 | |
---|
| 674 | /* If an input control file was specified, load the information |
---|
| 675 | in it into the backup control structure just initialized by |
---|
| 676 | the call to processBackupCtrlFile(). This will cause the |
---|
| 677 | contents of the input control file to override the controls |
---|
| 678 | in effect at the time of the last backup. */ |
---|
| 679 | if (inputCtrlFile != NULL) |
---|
| 680 | { |
---|
| 681 | rc = processInputCtrlFile(fsName, inputCtrlFile, &backupControlP, false); |
---|
| 682 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 683 | { |
---|
| 684 | fprintf(stderr, "processInputCtrlFile() returned with rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 685 | if (backupControlP != NULL) free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
| 686 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 687 | } |
---|
| 688 | } |
---|
| 689 | } |
---|
| 690 | else |
---|
| 691 | { |
---|
| 692 | /* Here if there is no backup control file (i.e., this is the first |
---|
| 693 | backup). The user should have specified an input control file. */ |
---|
| 694 | |
---|
| 695 | /* If an input control file was specified, use its information |
---|
| 696 | to create the backup control structure. */ |
---|
| 697 | if (inputCtrlFile != NULL) |
---|
| 698 | { |
---|
| 699 | rc = processInputCtrlFile(fsName, inputCtrlFile, &backupControlP, true); |
---|
| 700 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 701 | { |
---|
| 702 | fprintf(stderr, "processInputCtrlFile() returned with rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 703 | if (backupControlP != NULL) free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
| 704 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 705 | } |
---|
| 706 | } |
---|
| 707 | else |
---|
| 708 | { |
---|
| 709 | /* There is no input control file and no prior backup control file. |
---|
| 710 | Print an error message and return failure. */ |
---|
| 711 | fprintf(stderr, "Unable to proceed because no control file was specified and there is no prior backup control file.\n"); |
---|
| 712 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 713 | } |
---|
| 714 | } |
---|
| 715 | backupControlHdrP = (backup_control_hdr_t *) backupControlP; |
---|
| 716 | |
---|
| 717 | /* Delete any pending files left over from a prior backup that |
---|
| 718 | was partially successful. Once a full backup is issued, |
---|
| 719 | a resume backup is no longer an option. */ |
---|
| 720 | snprintf(sstring, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, pendingDeletionsName); |
---|
| 721 | unlink(sstring); |
---|
| 722 | snprintf(sstring, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, pendingChangesName); |
---|
| 723 | unlink(sstring); |
---|
| 724 | |
---|
| 725 | /* Create a child process to issue reassuring messages to the user |
---|
| 726 | in case the remaining work takes a long time. */ |
---|
| 727 | forkMsgChild(); |
---|
| 728 | |
---|
| 729 | /* Create a snapshot and store it at the mount point of the filesystem. */ |
---|
| 730 | rc = createBackupSnapshot(deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
| 731 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 732 | { |
---|
| 733 | fprintf(stderr, "createBackupSnapshot returned with rc = %d.\n", rc); |
---|
| 734 | free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
| 735 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 736 | } |
---|
| 737 | else |
---|
| 738 | { |
---|
| 739 | /* Save the name of the snapshot in the gpfs_backup_control_t structure. */ |
---|
| 740 | strncpy(backupControlHdrP->snapshotName, fsSnapshotName, MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
| 741 | } |
---|
| 742 | |
---|
| 743 | /* Do a backup of the snapshot and determine the level of success. */ |
---|
| 744 | rc = doFSBackup(fsName, fsSnapshotPathname); |
---|
| 745 | switch (rc) |
---|
| 746 | { |
---|
| 747 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* The operation succeeded. */ |
---|
| 748 | keep_rc = rc; |
---|
| 749 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_FULL; |
---|
| 750 | break; |
---|
| 751 | |
---|
| 752 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* The operation partially succeeded. */ |
---|
| 753 | keep_rc = rc; |
---|
| 754 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_PARTIAL; |
---|
| 755 | strcpy(backupControlHdrP->backupType, "full"); |
---|
| 756 | break; |
---|
| 757 | |
---|
| 758 | case RC_FAIL: /* The operation failed. */ |
---|
| 759 | default: |
---|
| 760 | /* Indicate an unexpected error. */ |
---|
| 761 | if (rc != RC_FAIL) { |
---|
| 762 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSBackup() returned unexpected rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 763 | } else { |
---|
| 764 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSBackup() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 765 | } |
---|
| 766 | keep_rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 767 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_NONE; |
---|
| 768 | break; |
---|
| 769 | } |
---|
| 770 | |
---|
| 771 | /* Write the updated backup control data to the backup control file. */ |
---|
| 772 | rc = createBackupCtrlFile(fsBackupCtrl, backupControlP); |
---|
| 773 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 774 | { |
---|
| 775 | /* Indicate error to user. */ |
---|
| 776 | free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
| 777 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 778 | } |
---|
| 779 | |
---|
| 780 | /* Delete the snapshot if the completion level was anything other than |
---|
| 781 | partial (we no longer need the snapshot if the completion level was |
---|
| 782 | success or failure). For completion level partial, the snapshot is |
---|
| 783 | not deleted so that it is available for a subsequent resume backup. */ |
---|
| 784 | if (backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel != BACKUP_COMPLETION_PARTIAL) |
---|
| 785 | { |
---|
| 786 | /* Delete the snapshot. */ |
---|
| 787 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/tsdelsnapshot %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
| 788 | deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
| 789 | tmp = system(sstring); |
---|
| 790 | |
---|
| 791 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
| 792 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
| 793 | { |
---|
| 794 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned rc = %d\n", sstring, tmp); |
---|
| 795 | free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
| 796 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 797 | } |
---|
| 798 | } |
---|
| 799 | |
---|
| 800 | /* Release the memory for the backup control structure. */ |
---|
| 801 | free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
| 802 | |
---|
| 803 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 804 | |
---|
| 805 | /* Return to caller with appropriate return code. */ |
---|
| 806 | return(keep_rc); |
---|
| 807 | |
---|
| 808 | } /*------ end of doFSFullBackup() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 809 | |
---|
| 810 | |
---|
| 811 | /* |
---|
| 812 | * NAME: doFSIncrementalBackup() |
---|
| 813 | * |
---|
| 814 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 815 | * Do an incremental backup of a filesystem. |
---|
| 816 | * |
---|
| 817 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 818 | * fsName: (IN) The full path name of the mounted filesystem. |
---|
| 819 | * |
---|
| 820 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 821 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_PSUCCESS on partial success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 822 | * |
---|
| 823 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 824 | * OPERATION: BCH - these comments no longer match the code well |
---|
| 825 | * - Take a new snapshot and store it at a directory with the previous name. |
---|
| 826 | * - Handle the deleted files from the FS. (backupControlP is used) |
---|
| 827 | * - Perform an inodescan operation to determine all directories and |
---|
| 828 | * files of the FS. |
---|
| 829 | * - Perform a directory traversal and construct the .backup_shadow file. |
---|
| 830 | * - Compare the .backup_shadow and .backup_shadow_check files to |
---|
| 831 | * determine the list of files which need to be deleted. |
---|
| 832 | * Create a file named .backup_deletions which will contain all |
---|
| 833 | * these file names. |
---|
| 834 | * - Handle the files of the filesystem which have changed or are new. |
---|
| 835 | * - Perform an inodescan operation to determine all directories |
---|
| 836 | * and files of the filesystem which are new or have changed, |
---|
| 837 | * passing the old snapshot_ID. |
---|
| 838 | * - Perform a directory traversal and construct the .backup_shadow file. |
---|
| 839 | * - Extract all the file names from this .backup_shadow file and put |
---|
| 840 | * them into a .backup_changes file. |
---|
| 841 | */ |
---|
| 842 | int doFSIncrementalBackup(char *fsName) |
---|
| 843 | { |
---|
| 844 | Int32 tmp, rc, rc1 = RC_SUCCESS, rc2 = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 845 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlLocalP = NULL; |
---|
| 846 | backup_control_hdr_t *backupControlHdrP = NULL; |
---|
| 847 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 848 | char* fn = "doFSIncrementalBackup"; |
---|
| 849 | |
---|
| 850 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 851 | |
---|
| 852 | /* Check whether there is a backup control file. */ |
---|
| 853 | rc = checkBackupCtrlFile(); |
---|
| 854 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 855 | { |
---|
| 856 | /* Error: there is no backup control file. */ |
---|
| 857 | /* Print error message and return failure. */ |
---|
| 858 | fprintf(stderr, "A backup type of incremental was specified, but a backup control file\nfrom a previous backup does not exist.\n"); |
---|
| 859 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 860 | } |
---|
| 861 | |
---|
| 862 | /* Load the local backup control structure with the |
---|
| 863 | information from the latest backup control file. */ |
---|
| 864 | rc = processBackupCtrlFile(fsName, fsBackupCtrl, &backupControlLocalP); |
---|
| 865 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 866 | { |
---|
| 867 | fprintf(stderr, "processBackupCtrlFile() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 868 | if (backupControlP != NULL) free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
| 869 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 870 | } |
---|
| 871 | |
---|
| 872 | /* If the previous backup did not complete successfully, issue a message |
---|
| 873 | that it must be completed before an incremental backup will proceed. */ |
---|
| 874 | if (backupControlLocalP->backupHdr.completionLevel != BACKUP_COMPLETION_FULL) |
---|
| 875 | { |
---|
| 876 | fprintf(stderr, "An incremental backup cannot be performed because the most recent backup did not complete successfully.\n"); // BCH - msg catalog cand. |
---|
| 877 | free((void *) backupControlLocalP); |
---|
| 878 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 879 | } |
---|
| 880 | backupControlHdrP = (backup_control_hdr_t *) backupControlLocalP; |
---|
| 881 | |
---|
| 882 | /* If an input control file was specified, load the information |
---|
| 883 | in it into the backup control structure just initialized by |
---|
| 884 | the call to processBackupCtrlFile(). This will cause the |
---|
| 885 | contents of the input control file to override the controls |
---|
| 886 | in effect at the time of the last backup. */ |
---|
| 887 | if (inputCtrlFile != NULL) |
---|
| 888 | { |
---|
| 889 | rc = processInputCtrlFile(fsName, inputCtrlFile, |
---|
| 890 | &backupControlLocalP, false); |
---|
| 891 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 892 | { |
---|
| 893 | fprintf(stderr, "processInputCtrlFile() returned with rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 894 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 895 | } |
---|
| 896 | } |
---|
| 897 | |
---|
| 898 | /* Set the global variable backupControlP to point to the backupControlLocalP |
---|
| 899 | structure for the soon-to-happen call to doFSFileDeletions(). */ |
---|
| 900 | backupControlP = backupControlLocalP; |
---|
| 901 | |
---|
| 902 | /* Create a child process to issue reassuring messages to the user |
---|
| 903 | in case the remaining work takes a long time. */ |
---|
| 904 | forkMsgChild(); |
---|
| 905 | |
---|
| 906 | /* Create a snapshot and store it at the mount point of the filesystem. */ |
---|
| 907 | rc = createBackupSnapshot(deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
| 908 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 909 | { |
---|
| 910 | fprintf(stderr, "createBackupSnapshot returned with rc = %d.\n", rc); |
---|
| 911 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 912 | goto release_storage; |
---|
| 913 | } |
---|
| 914 | else |
---|
| 915 | { |
---|
| 916 | /* Save the name of the snapshot in the gpfs_backup_control_t structure. */ |
---|
| 917 | strncpy(backupControlHdrP->snapshotName, fsSnapshotName, MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
| 918 | } |
---|
| 919 | |
---|
| 920 | /* Save the snapshot id from the previous backup for later use |
---|
| 921 | by doFSFileChanges. The value is saved here because it will |
---|
| 922 | be changed by doFSFileDeletions when it calls doInodeScan(). */ |
---|
| 923 | prevSnapId = backupControlP->backupHdr.snapshotId; |
---|
| 924 | |
---|
| 925 | /* First, process the files that have been deleted |
---|
| 926 | from the filesystem since the previous backup. */ |
---|
| 927 | rc1 = doFSFileDeletions(fsName, fsSnapshotPathname); |
---|
| 928 | switch (rc1) |
---|
| 929 | { |
---|
| 930 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* The operation had partial success up to now. */ |
---|
| 931 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* The operation had a total success. */ |
---|
| 932 | break; |
---|
| 933 | |
---|
| 934 | case RC_FAIL: /* The operation failed. */ |
---|
| 935 | default: /* An unexpected error occurred. */ |
---|
| 936 | /* Indicate error. */ |
---|
| 937 | if (rc1 != RC_FAIL) { |
---|
| 938 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSFileDeletions() returned unexpected rc = %d\n",rc); |
---|
| 939 | } else { |
---|
| 940 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSFileDeletions() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 941 | } |
---|
| 942 | } /* end switch */ |
---|
| 943 | |
---|
| 944 | /* Next, update the archive to reflect the new and changed files |
---|
| 945 | in the filesystem. */ |
---|
| 946 | rc2 = doFSFileChanges(fsName, fsSnapshotPathname); |
---|
| 947 | switch (rc2) |
---|
| 948 | { |
---|
| 949 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* The operation had partial success up to now. */ |
---|
| 950 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* The operation had a total success. */ |
---|
| 951 | break; |
---|
| 952 | |
---|
| 953 | case RC_FAIL: /* The operation failed. */ |
---|
| 954 | default: /* An unexpected error occurred. */ |
---|
| 955 | /* Indicate error. */ |
---|
| 956 | if (rc2 != RC_FAIL) { |
---|
| 957 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSFileChanges() returned unexpected rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 958 | } else { |
---|
| 959 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSFileChanges() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 960 | } |
---|
| 961 | } /* end switch */ |
---|
| 962 | |
---|
| 963 | // Create rc as a composite of rc1 and rc2. |
---|
| 964 | if (rc1 == RC_FAIL || rc2 == RC_FAIL) { |
---|
| 965 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 966 | } else if (rc1 == RC_PSUCCESS || rc2 == RC_PSUCCESS) { |
---|
| 967 | rc = RC_PSUCCESS; |
---|
| 968 | } else { |
---|
| 969 | rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 970 | } |
---|
| 971 | |
---|
| 972 | /* Process the deletions and changes composite return code. */ |
---|
| 973 | switch (rc) |
---|
| 974 | { |
---|
| 975 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* The operation had total success. */ |
---|
| 976 | /* Delete any pending transactions file left over |
---|
| 977 | from a previous partial success. */ |
---|
| 978 | unlink(pendingTransactionsList); |
---|
| 979 | |
---|
| 980 | /* Erase the backup control file. */ |
---|
| 981 | unlink(fsBackupCtrl); |
---|
| 982 | |
---|
| 983 | /* Indicate complete success. */ |
---|
| 984 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_FULL; |
---|
| 985 | break; |
---|
| 986 | |
---|
| 987 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* The operation had partial success. */ |
---|
| 988 | /* Erase the backup control file. */ |
---|
| 989 | unlink(fsBackupCtrl); |
---|
| 990 | |
---|
| 991 | /* Indicate partial success and store the backup type. */ |
---|
| 992 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_PARTIAL; |
---|
| 993 | strcpy(backupControlHdrP->backupType, "incremental"); |
---|
| 994 | break; |
---|
| 995 | |
---|
| 996 | case RC_FAIL: /* The operation failed. */ |
---|
| 997 | default: |
---|
| 998 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_NONE; |
---|
| 999 | break; |
---|
| 1000 | } |
---|
| 1001 | |
---|
| 1002 | delete_snapshot: |
---|
| 1003 | /* Delete the snapshot if the completion level was anything other than |
---|
| 1004 | partial (we no longer need the snapshot if the completion level was |
---|
| 1005 | success or failure). For completion level partial, the snapshot is |
---|
| 1006 | not deleted so that it is available for a subsequent resume backup. */ |
---|
| 1007 | if (backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel != BACKUP_COMPLETION_PARTIAL) |
---|
| 1008 | { |
---|
| 1009 | /* Delete the snapshot. */ |
---|
| 1010 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/tsdelsnapshot %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
| 1011 | deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
| 1012 | tmp = system(sstring); |
---|
| 1013 | |
---|
| 1014 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
| 1015 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
| 1016 | { |
---|
| 1017 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned rc = %d\n", sstring, tmp); |
---|
| 1018 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1019 | } |
---|
| 1020 | } |
---|
| 1021 | |
---|
| 1022 | /* Write the updated backup control data to the backup control file. */ |
---|
| 1023 | tmp = createBackupCtrlFile(fsBackupCtrl, backupControlP); |
---|
| 1024 | if (tmp != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 1025 | { |
---|
| 1026 | /* Indicate error to user. */ |
---|
| 1027 | free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
| 1028 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1029 | } |
---|
| 1030 | |
---|
| 1031 | release_storage: |
---|
| 1032 | free((void *) backupControlP); |
---|
| 1033 | |
---|
| 1034 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 1035 | |
---|
| 1036 | return(rc); |
---|
| 1037 | |
---|
| 1038 | } /*------ end of doFSIncrementalBackup() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 1039 | |
---|
| 1040 | |
---|
| 1041 | /* |
---|
| 1042 | * NAME: doFSResumeBackup() |
---|
| 1043 | * |
---|
| 1044 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 1045 | * Resume the latest backup operation of a filesystem. |
---|
| 1046 | * |
---|
| 1047 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 1048 | * fsName: (IN) the full path name of the mounted filesystem |
---|
| 1049 | * backupType: (OUT) pointer to the type of the backup that was resumed |
---|
| 1050 | * |
---|
| 1051 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 1052 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_PSUCCESS on partial success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 1053 | * |
---|
| 1054 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 1055 | */ |
---|
| 1056 | int doFSResumeBackup(char *fsName, char **backupType) |
---|
| 1057 | { |
---|
| 1058 | Int32 tmp, rc, rc1 = RC_SUCCESS, rc2 = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 1059 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlP = NULL; |
---|
| 1060 | Boolean pendingWorkFound = false; |
---|
| 1061 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 1062 | char* fn = "doFSResumeBackup"; |
---|
| 1063 | |
---|
| 1064 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 1065 | |
---|
| 1066 | /* Check whether there is a backup control file. */ |
---|
| 1067 | rc = checkBackupCtrlFile(); |
---|
| 1068 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 1069 | { |
---|
| 1070 | /* Error: there is no backup control file. |
---|
| 1071 | Print error message and return failure. */ |
---|
| 1072 | fprintf(stderr, "The resume flag was specified, but a backup control file from a\nprevious backup does not exist.\n"); |
---|
| 1073 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1074 | } |
---|
| 1075 | |
---|
| 1076 | /* Load the global backup control structure with the |
---|
| 1077 | information from the latest backup control file. */ |
---|
| 1078 | rc = processBackupCtrlFile(fsName, fsBackupCtrl, &backupControlP); |
---|
| 1079 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 1080 | { |
---|
| 1081 | *backupType = "unknown type"; |
---|
| 1082 | fprintf(stderr, "processBackupCtrlFile() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 1083 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1084 | } |
---|
| 1085 | |
---|
| 1086 | /* Set the pointer to the backup type for use by the caller. */ |
---|
| 1087 | *backupType = backupControlP->backupHdr.backupType; |
---|
| 1088 | |
---|
| 1089 | /* Verify that the current completion indication is partial completion. */ |
---|
| 1090 | if (backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel != BACKUP_COMPLETION_PARTIAL) |
---|
| 1091 | { |
---|
| 1092 | fprintf(stderr, "Unable to resume; either the previous backup was completely successful,\nor it did not succeed enough to be resumable.\n"); // BCH - possible candidate for message catalog |
---|
| 1093 | free(backupControlP); |
---|
| 1094 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1095 | } |
---|
| 1096 | |
---|
| 1097 | /* Create the full path name for the filesystem snapshot. */ |
---|
| 1098 | strncpy(fsSnapshotName, backupControlP->backupHdr.snapshotName, |
---|
| 1099 | MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
| 1100 | |
---|
| 1101 | /* Get the snapshot handle for the snapshot, and then use |
---|
| 1102 | the handle to get the full pathname of the snapshot. */ |
---|
| 1103 | fsSnapHandleP = gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_name(deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
| 1104 | if (fsSnapHandleP == NULL) |
---|
| 1105 | { |
---|
| 1106 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 1107 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_name(%s, %s): %s\n", |
---|
| 1108 | "doFSResumeBackup", fsName, fsSnapshotName, strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 1109 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1110 | } |
---|
| 1111 | snapshotPathname = gpfs_get_pathname_from_fssnaphandle(fsSnapHandleP); |
---|
| 1112 | if (snapshotPathname == NULL) |
---|
| 1113 | { |
---|
| 1114 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 1115 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_pathname_from_fssnaphandle(%s): %s\n", |
---|
| 1116 | "doFSResumeBackup", fsSnapHandleP, strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 1117 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1118 | } |
---|
| 1119 | strcpy(fsSnapshotPathname, snapshotPathname); |
---|
| 1120 | |
---|
| 1121 | /* Create a child process to issue reassuring messages to the user |
---|
| 1122 | in case the remaining work takes a long time. */ |
---|
| 1123 | forkMsgChild(); |
---|
| 1124 | |
---|
| 1125 | /* Create the full pathname for the pending deletions file. */ |
---|
| 1126 | snprintf(pendingTransactionsList, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", |
---|
| 1127 | fsName, pendingDeletionsName); |
---|
| 1128 | |
---|
| 1129 | /* Check whether the pending deletions file exists. */ |
---|
| 1130 | tmp = stat(pendingTransactionsList, &statBuf); |
---|
| 1131 | if (tmp == -1) |
---|
| 1132 | { |
---|
| 1133 | if (errno != ENOENT) |
---|
| 1134 | { |
---|
| 1135 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
| 1136 | pendingTransactionsList, errno); |
---|
| 1137 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1138 | } |
---|
| 1139 | } |
---|
| 1140 | else |
---|
| 1141 | { |
---|
| 1142 | /* Rename the pending deletions file to be the transactions file. */ |
---|
| 1143 | tmp = rename(pendingTransactionsList, transactionsList); |
---|
| 1144 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
| 1145 | { |
---|
| 1146 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
| 1147 | pendingTransactionsList, transactionsList, rc); |
---|
| 1148 | free(backupControlP); |
---|
| 1149 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1150 | } |
---|
| 1151 | |
---|
| 1152 | /* Invoke routine to process the transactions file. The true flag |
---|
| 1153 | that is passed tells the routine to divy the transactions file |
---|
| 1154 | among the client processes based on aggregate file size, not by |
---|
| 1155 | number of files, which is what makes sense when doing backups. */ |
---|
| 1156 | rc1 = processFilelist(fsName, |
---|
| 1157 | transactionCmdExpire, |
---|
| 1158 | transactionCmdOption, |
---|
| 1159 | backupControlP, |
---|
| 1160 | true); |
---|
| 1161 | |
---|
| 1162 | // Set flag to indicate something was found and processed. |
---|
| 1163 | pendingWorkFound = true; |
---|
| 1164 | } |
---|
| 1165 | |
---|
| 1166 | /* Create the full pathname for the pending changes file. */ |
---|
| 1167 | snprintf(pendingTransactionsList, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", |
---|
| 1168 | fsName, pendingChangesName); |
---|
| 1169 | |
---|
| 1170 | /* Check whether the pending changes file exists. */ |
---|
| 1171 | tmp = stat(pendingTransactionsList, &statBuf); |
---|
| 1172 | if (tmp == -1) |
---|
| 1173 | { |
---|
| 1174 | if (errno != ENOENT) |
---|
| 1175 | { |
---|
| 1176 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
| 1177 | pendingTransactionsList, errno); |
---|
| 1178 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1179 | } |
---|
| 1180 | } |
---|
| 1181 | else |
---|
| 1182 | { |
---|
| 1183 | /* Rename the pending deletions file to be the transactions file. */ |
---|
| 1184 | tmp = rename(pendingTransactionsList, transactionsList); |
---|
| 1185 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
| 1186 | { |
---|
| 1187 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
| 1188 | pendingTransactionsList, transactionsList, rc); |
---|
| 1189 | free(backupControlP); |
---|
| 1190 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1191 | } |
---|
| 1192 | |
---|
| 1193 | /* Invoke routine to process the transactions file. The true flag |
---|
| 1194 | that is passed tells the routine to divy the transactions file |
---|
| 1195 | among the client processes based on aggregate file size, not by |
---|
| 1196 | number of files, which is what makes sense when doing backups. */ |
---|
| 1197 | rc2 = processFilelist(fsName, |
---|
| 1198 | transactionCmdSelective, |
---|
| 1199 | transactionCmdOption, |
---|
| 1200 | backupControlP, |
---|
| 1201 | true); |
---|
| 1202 | |
---|
| 1203 | // Set flag to indicate something was found and processed. |
---|
| 1204 | pendingWorkFound = true; |
---|
| 1205 | } |
---|
| 1206 | |
---|
| 1207 | // If no work was found, issue an error and exit. |
---|
| 1208 | if (pendingWorkFound == false) |
---|
| 1209 | { |
---|
| 1210 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 1211 | "Resume was specified, but no pending work files were found.\n"); |
---|
| 1212 | free(backupControlP); |
---|
| 1213 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1214 | } |
---|
| 1215 | |
---|
| 1216 | // Create rc as a composite of rc1 and rc2. |
---|
| 1217 | if (rc1 == RC_FAIL || rc2 == RC_FAIL) { |
---|
| 1218 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 1219 | } else if (rc1 == RC_PSUCCESS || rc2 == RC_PSUCCESS) { |
---|
| 1220 | rc = RC_PSUCCESS; |
---|
| 1221 | } else { |
---|
| 1222 | rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 1223 | } |
---|
| 1224 | |
---|
| 1225 | /* Process the deletions and changes composite return code. */ |
---|
| 1226 | switch (rc) |
---|
| 1227 | { |
---|
| 1228 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* complete success */ |
---|
| 1229 | /* Set the backup completion indicator to indicate full. */ |
---|
| 1230 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_FULL; |
---|
| 1231 | break; |
---|
| 1232 | |
---|
| 1233 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* partial success */ |
---|
| 1234 | /* Set the backup completion indicator to indicate partial success. */ |
---|
| 1235 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_PARTIAL; |
---|
| 1236 | break; |
---|
| 1237 | |
---|
| 1238 | case RC_FAIL: /* failure */ |
---|
| 1239 | default: /* Unexpected rc */ |
---|
| 1240 | /* Issue error message. */ |
---|
| 1241 | fprintf(stderr, "processFilelist() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 1242 | |
---|
| 1243 | /* Set the backup completion indicator to indicate complete failure. */ |
---|
| 1244 | backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel = BACKUP_COMPLETION_NONE; |
---|
| 1245 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 1246 | break; |
---|
| 1247 | } |
---|
| 1248 | |
---|
| 1249 | /* Recreate the backup control file with the updated control data. */ |
---|
| 1250 | tmp = createBackupCtrlFile(fsBackupCtrl, backupControlP); |
---|
| 1251 | if (tmp != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 1252 | { |
---|
| 1253 | /* Indicate error to user. */ |
---|
| 1254 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 1255 | "doFSResumeBackup(): createBackupCtrlFile() returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 1256 | tmp); |
---|
| 1257 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 1258 | } |
---|
| 1259 | |
---|
| 1260 | /* Delete the snapshot if the completion level was anything other than |
---|
| 1261 | partial (we no longer need the snapshot if the completion level was |
---|
| 1262 | success or failure). For completion level partial, the snapshot is |
---|
| 1263 | not deleted so that it is available for a subsequent resume backup. */ |
---|
| 1264 | if (backupControlP->backupHdr.completionLevel != BACKUP_COMPLETION_PARTIAL) |
---|
| 1265 | { |
---|
| 1266 | /* Delete the snapshot. */ |
---|
| 1267 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/tsdelsnapshot %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
| 1268 | deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
| 1269 | tmp = system(sstring); |
---|
| 1270 | |
---|
| 1271 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
| 1272 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
| 1273 | { |
---|
| 1274 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned rc = %d\n", sstring, tmp); |
---|
| 1275 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1276 | } |
---|
| 1277 | } |
---|
| 1278 | |
---|
| 1279 | free(backupControlP); |
---|
| 1280 | |
---|
| 1281 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 1282 | |
---|
| 1283 | return(rc); |
---|
| 1284 | |
---|
| 1285 | } /*------ end of doFSResumeBackup() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 1286 | |
---|
| 1287 | |
---|
| 1288 | /* |
---|
| 1289 | * NAME: doFSBackup() |
---|
| 1290 | * |
---|
| 1291 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 1292 | * Do a full backup of a filesystem. |
---|
| 1293 | * |
---|
| 1294 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 1295 | * fsName: (IN) the full path name of the mounted filesystem |
---|
| 1296 | * fsSnapshotPathName: (IN) the full path name of the filesystem |
---|
| 1297 | * snapshot which is to be backed up |
---|
| 1298 | * |
---|
| 1299 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 1300 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_PSUCCESS on partial success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 1301 | * |
---|
| 1302 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 1303 | */ |
---|
| 1304 | int doFSBackup(char *fsName, char *fsSnapshotPathname) |
---|
| 1305 | { |
---|
| 1306 | Int32 tmp, rc, rc1 = RC_SUCCESS, rc2 = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 1307 | Int32 numShadows; |
---|
| 1308 | Int32 clientIndex, numClients; |
---|
| 1309 | char filenameTemp[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 1310 | inodeBitsArray *inodeBitsArrayP; |
---|
| 1311 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 1312 | char* fn = "doFSBackup"; |
---|
| 1313 | |
---|
| 1314 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 1315 | |
---|
| 1316 | /* If there is a prior backup (as evidenced by the existence of |
---|
| 1317 | a shadow check file), process any files that have been deleted |
---|
| 1318 | since that backup was made. */ |
---|
| 1319 | if (stat(backupShadowCheck, &statBuf) != -1) |
---|
| 1320 | { |
---|
| 1321 | /* Process the files that have been deleted from the |
---|
| 1322 | filesystem since the previous backup. */ |
---|
| 1323 | rc1 = doFSFileDeletions(fsName, fsSnapshotPathname); |
---|
| 1324 | switch (rc1) |
---|
| 1325 | { |
---|
| 1326 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* The operation had partial success up to now. */ |
---|
| 1327 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* The operation had a total success. */ |
---|
| 1328 | break; |
---|
| 1329 | |
---|
| 1330 | case RC_FAIL: /* The operation failed. */ |
---|
| 1331 | default: /* An unexpected error occurred. */ |
---|
| 1332 | /* Indicate error. */ |
---|
| 1333 | if (rc1 != RC_FAIL) { |
---|
| 1334 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 1335 | "doFSFileDeletions() returned unexpected rc = %d\n", rc1); |
---|
| 1336 | } else { |
---|
| 1337 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSFileDeletions() returned rc = %d\n", rc1); |
---|
| 1338 | } |
---|
| 1339 | } /* end switch */ |
---|
| 1340 | |
---|
| 1341 | } else { |
---|
| 1342 | |
---|
| 1343 | /* We come here if there was no prior backup, so doFSFileDeletions |
---|
| 1344 | was not called. As a result, the backup shadow file has not |
---|
| 1345 | been created yet. Proceed to do that now. */ |
---|
| 1346 | |
---|
| 1347 | /* Do an inodescan. */ |
---|
| 1348 | inodeBitsArrayP = &inodeBitsP; |
---|
| 1349 | rc2 = doInodeScan(fsSnapshotPathname, inodeBitsArrayP, backupControlP); |
---|
| 1350 | if (rc2 != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 1351 | { |
---|
| 1352 | fprintf(stderr, "doFSBackup(): doInodeScan() returned rc = %d\n", rc2); |
---|
| 1353 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1354 | } |
---|
| 1355 | |
---|
| 1356 | /* Create a backup shadow file, and store it |
---|
| 1357 | at the mount point of the filesystem. */ |
---|
| 1358 | numShadows = 1; |
---|
| 1359 | rc2 = createSnapshotShadows(fsName, numShadows, inodeBitsP); |
---|
| 1360 | if (rc2 != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 1361 | { |
---|
| 1362 | fprintf(stderr, "createSnapshotShadows() returned rc = %d\n", rc2); |
---|
| 1363 | free(inodeBitsP); |
---|
| 1364 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1365 | } |
---|
| 1366 | free(inodeBitsP); |
---|
| 1367 | |
---|
| 1368 | /* Sort the backup shadow file(s) by inode number. */ |
---|
| 1369 | rc2 = sortShadowfilesByInode(numShadows); |
---|
| 1370 | if (rc2 != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 1371 | { |
---|
| 1372 | fprintf(stderr, "sortShadowfilesByInode() returned rc = %d\n", rc2); |
---|
| 1373 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1374 | } |
---|
| 1375 | |
---|
| 1376 | /* Update the .backup_shadow0 file with the correct |
---|
| 1377 | file sizes and erase the filesizes file. */ |
---|
| 1378 | rc2 = updateShadowfilesFilesizes(numShadows); |
---|
| 1379 | if (rc2 != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 1380 | { |
---|
| 1381 | fprintf(stderr, "updateShadowfilesFilesizes() returned rc = %d\n", rc2); |
---|
| 1382 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1383 | } |
---|
| 1384 | |
---|
| 1385 | /* Sort the backup shadow file into alphabetical order by filename, |
---|
| 1386 | and store the results in a single backup shadow file. */ |
---|
| 1387 | rc2 = sortShadowfilesByFilename(); |
---|
| 1388 | if (rc2 != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 1389 | { |
---|
| 1390 | fprintf(stderr, "sortShadowfilesByFilename() returned rc = %d\n", rc2); |
---|
| 1391 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1392 | } |
---|
| 1393 | } |
---|
| 1394 | |
---|
| 1395 | /* Create the list of files to be processed. */ |
---|
| 1396 | rc2 = createFilelist(fsName, backupControlP); |
---|
| 1397 | if (rc2 != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 1398 | { |
---|
| 1399 | fprintf(stderr, "createFilelist() returned rc = %d\n", rc2); |
---|
| 1400 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1401 | } |
---|
| 1402 | |
---|
| 1403 | /* Invoke routine to process the transactions file. The true flag |
---|
| 1404 | that is passed tells the routine to divy the transactions file |
---|
| 1405 | among the client processes based on aggregate file size, not by |
---|
| 1406 | number of files, which is what makes sense when doing backups. */ |
---|
| 1407 | rc2 = processFilelist(fsName, |
---|
| 1408 | transactionCmdSelective, |
---|
| 1409 | transactionCmdOption, |
---|
| 1410 | backupControlP, |
---|
| 1411 | true); |
---|
| 1412 | |
---|
| 1413 | // Create rc as a composite of rc1 and rc2. |
---|
| 1414 | if (rc1 == RC_FAIL || rc2 == RC_FAIL) { |
---|
| 1415 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 1416 | } else if (rc1 == RC_PSUCCESS || rc2 == RC_PSUCCESS) { |
---|
| 1417 | rc = RC_PSUCCESS; |
---|
| 1418 | } else { |
---|
| 1419 | rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 1420 | } |
---|
| 1421 | |
---|
| 1422 | /* Process the deletions and changes composite return code. */ |
---|
| 1423 | switch (rc) |
---|
| 1424 | { |
---|
| 1425 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* The operation had total success. */ |
---|
| 1426 | /* We have complete success; delete any pending transactions file |
---|
| 1427 | left over from a previous partial success. */ |
---|
| 1428 | unlink(pendingTransactionsList); |
---|
| 1429 | /* Intentionally fall into the partial success case. */ |
---|
| 1430 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* The operation had partial success. */ |
---|
| 1431 | /* Rename the backup shadow file to be the old backup shadow file. */ |
---|
| 1432 | tmp = rename(backupShadowFile, backupShadowCheck); |
---|
| 1433 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
| 1434 | { |
---|
| 1435 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
| 1436 | backupShadowFile, backupShadowCheck, tmp); |
---|
| 1437 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1438 | } |
---|
| 1439 | break; |
---|
| 1440 | |
---|
| 1441 | case RC_FAIL: /* The operation failed. */ |
---|
| 1442 | default: |
---|
| 1443 | /* The command failed. Cleanup the various files that were created. */ |
---|
| 1444 | #ifdef DEBUG_BACKUP |
---|
| 1445 | /* Leave the files as is for failure analysis. */ |
---|
| 1446 | #else |
---|
| 1447 | /* We need to do some cleanup here: |
---|
| 1448 | Delete any existing client transactions files. */ |
---|
| 1449 | numClients = backupControlP->backupHdr.icf.numberOfClients; |
---|
| 1450 | for (clientIndex = 0; clientIndex < numClients; clientIndex++) |
---|
| 1451 | { |
---|
| 1452 | unlink(clientTransactionsList[clientIndex]); |
---|
| 1453 | } |
---|
| 1454 | |
---|
| 1455 | /* Delete the backup shadow file. */ |
---|
| 1456 | unlink(backupShadowFile); |
---|
| 1457 | #endif /* DEBUG_BACKUP */ |
---|
| 1458 | |
---|
| 1459 | break; |
---|
| 1460 | } |
---|
| 1461 | |
---|
| 1462 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 1463 | |
---|
| 1464 | return(rc); |
---|
| 1465 | |
---|
| 1466 | } /*------ end of doFSBackup() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 1467 | |
---|
| 1468 | |
---|
| 1469 | /* |
---|
| 1470 | * NAME: checkBackupCtrlFile() |
---|
| 1471 | * |
---|
| 1472 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 1473 | * Check whether a backup control file exists. |
---|
| 1474 | * |
---|
| 1475 | * PARAMETERS: none |
---|
| 1476 | * |
---|
| 1477 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 1478 | * RC_SUCCESS if file exists, RC_FAIL if it does not. |
---|
| 1479 | * |
---|
| 1480 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 1481 | */ |
---|
| 1482 | int checkBackupCtrlFile() |
---|
| 1483 | { |
---|
| 1484 | Int32 rc; |
---|
| 1485 | Int32 handle; /* file descriptor for opening a file */ |
---|
| 1486 | Int32 openFlags; /* flags setting in opening files */ |
---|
| 1487 | char* fn = "checkBackupCtrlFile"; |
---|
| 1488 | |
---|
| 1489 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 1490 | |
---|
| 1491 | /* Determine whether the backup control file exists. |
---|
| 1492 | The presence of this file indicates the existence of a previous backup. */ |
---|
| 1493 | openFlags = O_RDONLY; |
---|
| 1494 | handle = open(fsBackupCtrl, openFlags, 0666); |
---|
| 1495 | if (handle == -1) // if the open of the backup control file failed |
---|
| 1496 | { |
---|
| 1497 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 1498 | if (errno != ENOENT) /* The file exists but it could not be opened. */ |
---|
| 1499 | { |
---|
| 1500 | fprintf(stderr, "Unable to open file %s\n", fsBackupCtrl); |
---|
| 1501 | } |
---|
| 1502 | } |
---|
| 1503 | else |
---|
| 1504 | { |
---|
| 1505 | rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 1506 | } |
---|
| 1507 | |
---|
| 1508 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 1509 | |
---|
| 1510 | return(rc); |
---|
| 1511 | |
---|
| 1512 | } /*------ end of checkBackupCtrlFile() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 1513 | |
---|
| 1514 | |
---|
| 1515 | |
---|
| 1516 | /* |
---|
| 1517 | * Utility functions |
---|
| 1518 | */ |
---|
| 1519 | |
---|
| 1520 | /************************************************************************ |
---|
| 1521 | * NOTE: The code for these routines is based on equivalent routines |
---|
| 1522 | * included in the GPFS code for classes. |
---|
| 1523 | *************************************************************************/ |
---|
| 1524 | |
---|
| 1525 | |
---|
| 1526 | # define BITS_PER_WORD 32 |
---|
| 1527 | int calcNWords(Int32 size) |
---|
| 1528 | { |
---|
| 1529 | return (size + BITS_PER_WORD - 1) / BITS_PER_WORD; |
---|
| 1530 | } |
---|
| 1531 | |
---|
| 1532 | |
---|
| 1533 | /* |
---|
| 1534 | * NAME: Bitmap() |
---|
| 1535 | * |
---|
| 1536 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 1537 | * Construct a bit map of a specified size and return its address. |
---|
| 1538 | */ |
---|
| 1539 | int Bitmap(Int32 size, Bit initialValue, UInt32 **inodeBitsP) |
---|
| 1540 | { |
---|
| 1541 | Int32 i, nWords; |
---|
| 1542 | UInt32 fillWord, endMask; |
---|
| 1543 | Int32 shift; |
---|
| 1544 | UInt32* bitsP; |
---|
| 1545 | |
---|
| 1546 | /* Compute size of array of UInts, then allocate and initialize it */ |
---|
| 1547 | assert(size > 0); |
---|
| 1548 | nWords = calcNWords(size); |
---|
| 1549 | |
---|
| 1550 | bitsP = (UInt32 *) malloc(nWords * 4); |
---|
| 1551 | |
---|
| 1552 | if (bitsP == NULL) |
---|
| 1553 | return(-1); |
---|
| 1554 | |
---|
| 1555 | if (initialValue == oneBit) |
---|
| 1556 | fillWord = 0xFFFFFFFF; |
---|
| 1557 | else |
---|
| 1558 | fillWord = 0x00000000; |
---|
| 1559 | |
---|
| 1560 | for (i = 0 ; i < nWords ; i++) |
---|
| 1561 | bitsP[i] = fillWord; |
---|
| 1562 | |
---|
| 1563 | /* Harbison/Steele C book says: |
---|
| 1564 | "The result value is also undefined if the value of the right |
---|
| 1565 | operand is greater than or equal to the width (in bit positions) |
---|
| 1566 | of the value of the converted left operand." In other words, |
---|
| 1567 | if you shift an int by 32 bits or more, the result is undefined. */ |
---|
| 1568 | shift = (BITS_PER_WORD - (size%BITS_PER_WORD)); |
---|
| 1569 | |
---|
| 1570 | if (shift == BITS_PER_WORD) |
---|
| 1571 | endMask = 0xFFFFFFFF; |
---|
| 1572 | else |
---|
| 1573 | endMask = 0xFFFFFFFF << shift; |
---|
| 1574 | |
---|
| 1575 | bitsP[nWords-1] = fillWord & endMask; |
---|
| 1576 | *inodeBitsP = bitsP; |
---|
| 1577 | |
---|
| 1578 | return(0); |
---|
| 1579 | |
---|
| 1580 | } /*------ end of Bitmap() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 1581 | |
---|
| 1582 | |
---|
| 1583 | #if 0 |
---|
| 1584 | /* |
---|
| 1585 | * NAME: getValue() |
---|
| 1586 | * |
---|
| 1587 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 1588 | * Return the current value of the bit with a given index. |
---|
| 1589 | * Returns EINVAL if the index is out of range. |
---|
| 1590 | */ |
---|
| 1591 | int getValue(UInt32 *inodeBitsP, Int32 index, Bit* bitP) |
---|
| 1592 | { |
---|
| 1593 | UInt32 word; |
---|
| 1594 | UInt32* bitsP; |
---|
| 1595 | |
---|
| 1596 | bitsP = inodeBitsP; |
---|
| 1597 | if (index < 0) |
---|
| 1598 | return EINVAL; |
---|
| 1599 | |
---|
| 1600 | word = bitsP[index/BITS_PER_WORD]; |
---|
| 1601 | |
---|
| 1602 | if ((word & (0x80000000 >> (index%BITS_PER_WORD))) == 0x0) |
---|
| 1603 | *bitP = zeroBit; |
---|
| 1604 | else |
---|
| 1605 | *bitP = oneBit; |
---|
| 1606 | |
---|
| 1607 | return 0; |
---|
| 1608 | |
---|
| 1609 | } /*------ end of getValue() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 1610 | #endif |
---|
| 1611 | |
---|
| 1612 | |
---|
| 1613 | /* |
---|
| 1614 | * NAME: testBit() |
---|
| 1615 | * |
---|
| 1616 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 1617 | * Test a bit in a bit array. |
---|
| 1618 | * Returns non-zero if the bit with the given index is a oneBit. |
---|
| 1619 | * Returns 0 if the index is out of range. |
---|
| 1620 | */ |
---|
| 1621 | const UInt32 testBit(UInt32* inodeBitsP, Int32 index) |
---|
| 1622 | { |
---|
| 1623 | UInt32 word; |
---|
| 1624 | UInt32* bitsP; |
---|
| 1625 | |
---|
| 1626 | bitsP = inodeBitsP; |
---|
| 1627 | |
---|
| 1628 | if (index < 0) |
---|
| 1629 | { |
---|
| 1630 | return 0; |
---|
| 1631 | } |
---|
| 1632 | |
---|
| 1633 | word = bitsP[index/BITS_PER_WORD]; |
---|
| 1634 | |
---|
| 1635 | return word & (0x80000000 >> (index%BITS_PER_WORD)); |
---|
| 1636 | |
---|
| 1637 | } /*------ end of testBit() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 1638 | |
---|
| 1639 | |
---|
| 1640 | /* |
---|
| 1641 | * NAME: setToZero() |
---|
| 1642 | * |
---|
| 1643 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 1644 | * Set the value of a given bit in a bit array to zeroBit. |
---|
| 1645 | * If oldValueP is not null, the old value of the bit is returned. |
---|
| 1646 | * Returns EINVAL if the index is out of range. |
---|
| 1647 | */ |
---|
| 1648 | int setToZero(inodeBitsArray inodeBitsP, Int32 index, Bit* oldValueP) |
---|
| 1649 | { |
---|
| 1650 | UInt32 oldWord; |
---|
| 1651 | UInt32 mask; |
---|
| 1652 | UInt32* bitsP; |
---|
| 1653 | |
---|
| 1654 | bitsP = inodeBitsP; |
---|
| 1655 | |
---|
| 1656 | if (index < 0) |
---|
| 1657 | { |
---|
| 1658 | return EINVAL; |
---|
| 1659 | } |
---|
| 1660 | |
---|
| 1661 | oldWord = bitsP[index/BITS_PER_WORD]; |
---|
| 1662 | |
---|
| 1663 | mask = 0x80000000 >> (index%BITS_PER_WORD); |
---|
| 1664 | |
---|
| 1665 | if ((oldWord & mask) == 0x0) |
---|
| 1666 | { |
---|
| 1667 | if (oldValueP != NULL) |
---|
| 1668 | { |
---|
| 1669 | *oldValueP = zeroBit; |
---|
| 1670 | } |
---|
| 1671 | } |
---|
| 1672 | else |
---|
| 1673 | { |
---|
| 1674 | bitsP[index/BITS_PER_WORD] = oldWord & ~mask; |
---|
| 1675 | if (oldValueP != NULL) |
---|
| 1676 | { |
---|
| 1677 | *oldValueP = oneBit; |
---|
| 1678 | } |
---|
| 1679 | } |
---|
| 1680 | |
---|
| 1681 | return 0; |
---|
| 1682 | |
---|
| 1683 | } /*------ end of setToZero() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 1684 | |
---|
| 1685 | |
---|
| 1686 | /* |
---|
| 1687 | * NAME: setToOne() |
---|
| 1688 | * |
---|
| 1689 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 1690 | * Set the value of a given bit in a bit array to oneBit. |
---|
| 1691 | * If oldValueP is not null, the old value of the bit is returned. |
---|
| 1692 | * Returns EINVAL if the index is out of range. |
---|
| 1693 | */ |
---|
| 1694 | int setToOne(UInt32* inodeBitsP, Int32 index, Bit* oldValueP) |
---|
| 1695 | { |
---|
| 1696 | UInt32 oldWord; |
---|
| 1697 | UInt32 mask; |
---|
| 1698 | UInt32* bitsP; |
---|
| 1699 | |
---|
| 1700 | bitsP = inodeBitsP; |
---|
| 1701 | |
---|
| 1702 | if (index < 0) |
---|
| 1703 | { |
---|
| 1704 | return EINVAL; |
---|
| 1705 | } |
---|
| 1706 | |
---|
| 1707 | oldWord = bitsP[index/BITS_PER_WORD]; |
---|
| 1708 | |
---|
| 1709 | mask = 0x80000000 >> (index%BITS_PER_WORD); |
---|
| 1710 | |
---|
| 1711 | if ((oldWord & mask) == 0x0) |
---|
| 1712 | { |
---|
| 1713 | bitsP[index/BITS_PER_WORD] = oldWord | mask; |
---|
| 1714 | if (oldValueP != NULL) |
---|
| 1715 | { |
---|
| 1716 | *oldValueP = zeroBit; |
---|
| 1717 | } |
---|
| 1718 | } |
---|
| 1719 | else |
---|
| 1720 | { |
---|
| 1721 | if (oldValueP != NULL) |
---|
| 1722 | { |
---|
| 1723 | *oldValueP = oneBit; |
---|
| 1724 | } |
---|
| 1725 | } |
---|
| 1726 | |
---|
| 1727 | return 0; |
---|
| 1728 | |
---|
| 1729 | } /*------ end of setToOne() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 1730 | |
---|
| 1731 | |
---|
| 1732 | /* |
---|
| 1733 | * NAME: setAllToZero() |
---|
| 1734 | * |
---|
| 1735 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 1736 | * Set all the bits of a bit array to zero. |
---|
| 1737 | */ |
---|
| 1738 | void setAllToZero(UInt32* bitsP, Int32 size) |
---|
| 1739 | { |
---|
| 1740 | Int32 i; |
---|
| 1741 | Int64 nWords; |
---|
| 1742 | |
---|
| 1743 | nWords = calcNWords(size); |
---|
| 1744 | |
---|
| 1745 | for (i = 0 ; i < nWords ; i++) |
---|
| 1746 | { |
---|
| 1747 | bitsP[i] = 0x0; |
---|
| 1748 | } |
---|
| 1749 | |
---|
| 1750 | } /*------ end of setAllToZero() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 1751 | |
---|
| 1752 | |
---|
| 1753 | /* |
---|
| 1754 | * NAME: setAllToOne() |
---|
| 1755 | * |
---|
| 1756 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 1757 | * Set all the bits of a bit array to one. |
---|
| 1758 | */ |
---|
| 1759 | void setAllToOne(UInt32* bitsP, Int32 size) |
---|
| 1760 | { |
---|
| 1761 | Int32 i; |
---|
| 1762 | Int64 nWords; |
---|
| 1763 | UInt32 endMask; |
---|
| 1764 | Int32 shift; |
---|
| 1765 | |
---|
| 1766 | nWords = calcNWords(size); |
---|
| 1767 | |
---|
| 1768 | for (i = 0 ; i < nWords ; i++) |
---|
| 1769 | { |
---|
| 1770 | bitsP[i] = 0xFFFFFFFF; |
---|
| 1771 | } |
---|
| 1772 | |
---|
| 1773 | shift = (BITS_PER_WORD - (size%BITS_PER_WORD)); |
---|
| 1774 | if (shift == BITS_PER_WORD) |
---|
| 1775 | { |
---|
| 1776 | endMask = 0xFFFFFFFF; |
---|
| 1777 | } |
---|
| 1778 | else |
---|
| 1779 | { |
---|
| 1780 | endMask = 0xFFFFFFFF << shift; |
---|
| 1781 | } |
---|
| 1782 | |
---|
| 1783 | bitsP[nWords-1] = 0xFFFFFFFF & endMask; |
---|
| 1784 | |
---|
| 1785 | } /*------ end of setAllToOne() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 1786 | |
---|
| 1787 | |
---|
| 1788 | #define tst(a,b) (*mode == 'r'? (b) : (a)) |
---|
| 1789 | #define RDR 0 |
---|
| 1790 | #define WTR 1 |
---|
| 1791 | |
---|
| 1792 | |
---|
| 1793 | /* |
---|
| 1794 | * NAME: pipeOpen() |
---|
| 1795 | * |
---|
| 1796 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 1797 | * pipeOpen/pipeClose are taken from the AIX popen/pclose |
---|
| 1798 | * equivalent. The difference is that pipeOpen() clears |
---|
| 1799 | * the signal mask in the forked process. |
---|
| 1800 | * |
---|
| 1801 | * TODO: This routine needs to handle SIGCLD in an unobtrusive way |
---|
| 1802 | * so we don't have to set up specific handlers for it |
---|
| 1803 | * in the callers of this routine. |
---|
| 1804 | */ |
---|
| 1805 | FILE* pipeOpen(const char *cmd, const char *mode, pid_t *outPidP) |
---|
| 1806 | { |
---|
| 1807 | Int32 p[2]; |
---|
| 1808 | Int32 myside, yourside; |
---|
| 1809 | pid_t pid; |
---|
| 1810 | char* fn = "pipeOpen"; |
---|
| 1811 | |
---|
| 1812 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 1813 | |
---|
| 1814 | if (pipe(p) < 0) |
---|
| 1815 | { |
---|
| 1816 | return NULL; |
---|
| 1817 | } |
---|
| 1818 | |
---|
| 1819 | myside = tst(p[WTR], p[RDR]); |
---|
| 1820 | yourside = tst(p[RDR], p[WTR]); |
---|
| 1821 | |
---|
| 1822 | if ((pid = fork()) == 0) |
---|
| 1823 | { |
---|
| 1824 | Int32 stdio; |
---|
| 1825 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 1826 | sigset_t sigMask; |
---|
| 1827 | |
---|
| 1828 | /* An exec inherits the signal mask, |
---|
| 1829 | * so we set up not to block anything anymore. |
---|
| 1830 | */ |
---|
| 1831 | sigemptyset(&sigMask); |
---|
| 1832 | sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &sigMask, NULL); |
---|
| 1833 | |
---|
| 1834 | /* myside and yourside reverse roles in child */ |
---|
| 1835 | stdio = tst(0, 1); |
---|
| 1836 | close(myside); |
---|
| 1837 | |
---|
| 1838 | if (stdio != yourside) |
---|
| 1839 | { |
---|
| 1840 | close(stdio); |
---|
| 1841 | fcntl(yourside, F_DUPFD, stdio); |
---|
| 1842 | close(yourside); |
---|
| 1843 | } |
---|
| 1844 | |
---|
| 1845 | if (stat(SHELL_PATH, &statBuf) != 0) |
---|
| 1846 | { |
---|
| 1847 | exit(127); |
---|
| 1848 | } |
---|
| 1849 | |
---|
| 1850 | execl(SHELL_PATH, SHELL, "-c", cmd, (char *) 0); |
---|
| 1851 | exit(1); |
---|
| 1852 | } |
---|
| 1853 | |
---|
| 1854 | if (pid < 0) |
---|
| 1855 | { |
---|
| 1856 | return NULL; |
---|
| 1857 | } |
---|
| 1858 | |
---|
| 1859 | *outPidP = pid; |
---|
| 1860 | close(yourside); |
---|
| 1861 | |
---|
| 1862 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 1863 | |
---|
| 1864 | return fdopen(myside, mode); |
---|
| 1865 | |
---|
| 1866 | } /*------ end of pipeOpen() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 1867 | |
---|
| 1868 | |
---|
| 1869 | /* |
---|
| 1870 | * NAME: pipeClose() |
---|
| 1871 | * |
---|
| 1872 | */ |
---|
| 1873 | int pipeClose(FILE *ptr, pid_t pid) |
---|
| 1874 | { |
---|
| 1875 | Int32 r = 0; |
---|
| 1876 | Int32 status; |
---|
| 1877 | struct sigaction ointact, oquitact, ohupact, ignact; |
---|
| 1878 | char* fn = "pipeClose"; |
---|
| 1879 | |
---|
| 1880 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 1881 | |
---|
| 1882 | ignact.sa_handler = SIG_IGN; |
---|
| 1883 | sigemptyset(&(ignact.sa_mask)); |
---|
| 1884 | ignact.sa_flags = 0 ; |
---|
| 1885 | |
---|
| 1886 | fclose(ptr); |
---|
| 1887 | |
---|
| 1888 | sigaction(SIGHUP, &ignact, &ohupact); |
---|
| 1889 | sigaction(SIGINT, &ignact, &ointact); |
---|
| 1890 | sigaction(SIGQUIT, &ignact, &oquitact); |
---|
| 1891 | |
---|
| 1892 | if (pid == 0) |
---|
| 1893 | { |
---|
| 1894 | status = -1; |
---|
| 1895 | } |
---|
| 1896 | else |
---|
| 1897 | { |
---|
| 1898 | while ((r = waitpid(pid, &status, 0)) == -1) |
---|
| 1899 | { |
---|
| 1900 | if (errno != EINTR) |
---|
| 1901 | { |
---|
| 1902 | break; |
---|
| 1903 | } |
---|
| 1904 | } |
---|
| 1905 | } |
---|
| 1906 | |
---|
| 1907 | if (r == -1) |
---|
| 1908 | { |
---|
| 1909 | status = -1; |
---|
| 1910 | } |
---|
| 1911 | |
---|
| 1912 | sigaction(SIGHUP, &ohupact, NULL); |
---|
| 1913 | sigaction(SIGINT, &ointact, NULL); |
---|
| 1914 | sigaction(SIGQUIT, &oquitact, NULL); |
---|
| 1915 | |
---|
| 1916 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 1917 | |
---|
| 1918 | return status; |
---|
| 1919 | |
---|
| 1920 | } /*------ end of pipeClose() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 1921 | |
---|
| 1922 | |
---|
| 1923 | /* |
---|
| 1924 | * NAME: writeBuffer() |
---|
| 1925 | * |
---|
| 1926 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 1927 | * Write out to a TransactionList file a specified number of bytes |
---|
| 1928 | * of a buffer containing records pertinent to the file. |
---|
| 1929 | * |
---|
| 1930 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 1931 | * handle: (IN) The file descriptor indicating the TransactionList file |
---|
| 1932 | * Buffer: (IN) Points to a buffer area which is to be written out |
---|
| 1933 | * to the TransactionList file. |
---|
| 1934 | * size: (IN) The size of the buffer area to be written out. |
---|
| 1935 | * |
---|
| 1936 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 1937 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 1938 | * |
---|
| 1939 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 1940 | */ |
---|
| 1941 | int writeBuffer(int handle, transactionsListRecord *Buffer, size_t size) |
---|
| 1942 | { |
---|
| 1943 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 1944 | Int32 bytesWritten; |
---|
| 1945 | |
---|
| 1946 | /* Write the specified number of bytes from the buffer |
---|
| 1947 | to the transaction list file. */ |
---|
| 1948 | bytesWritten = write(handle, Buffer, size); |
---|
| 1949 | |
---|
| 1950 | if (bytesWritten != size) |
---|
| 1951 | { |
---|
| 1952 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to %d; wrote %d bytes, not %d\n", |
---|
| 1953 | handle, bytesWritten, size); |
---|
| 1954 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 1955 | } |
---|
| 1956 | |
---|
| 1957 | return(rc); |
---|
| 1958 | |
---|
| 1959 | } /*------ end of writeBuffer() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 1960 | |
---|
| 1961 | |
---|
| 1962 | /* |
---|
| 1963 | * NAME: processBackupCtrlFile() |
---|
| 1964 | * |
---|
| 1965 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 1966 | * Given a filesystem and a backup control file containing information |
---|
| 1967 | * from a previous tsbackup, store the control information in a backup |
---|
| 1968 | * control structure in memory and return a pointer to it. |
---|
| 1969 | * |
---|
| 1970 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 1971 | * fsNameP - (IN) Points to the filesystem name. |
---|
| 1972 | * BackupCtrlFile - (IN) Points to the file containing the pertinent |
---|
| 1973 | * backup control information. |
---|
| 1974 | * backupControlHeaderP - (OUT) Points to the gpfs_backup_control_t created |
---|
| 1975 | * structure. |
---|
| 1976 | * |
---|
| 1977 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 1978 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 1979 | * |
---|
| 1980 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 1981 | */ |
---|
| 1982 | int processBackupCtrlFile(char *fsName, |
---|
| 1983 | char *BackupCtrlFile, |
---|
| 1984 | gpfs_backup_control_t **backupControlHeaderP) |
---|
| 1985 | { |
---|
| 1986 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 1987 | Int32 bytesRead, bytesWritten; |
---|
| 1988 | char *fsNameP; |
---|
| 1989 | char *filename; |
---|
| 1990 | Int64 recordInFile; |
---|
| 1991 | offset_t nextReadOffset, actualOffset; |
---|
| 1992 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
| 1993 | Int32 fp; |
---|
| 1994 | char* fn = "processBackupCtrlFile"; |
---|
| 1995 | |
---|
| 1996 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 1997 | |
---|
| 1998 | filename = BackupCtrlFile; |
---|
| 1999 | fsNameP = fsName; |
---|
| 2000 | |
---|
| 2001 | /* Create gpfs_backup_control structure and initialize it |
---|
| 2002 | to null characters. */ |
---|
| 2003 | backupCtrlP = (gpfs_backup_control_t *) malloc(sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t)); |
---|
| 2004 | if (backupCtrlP == NULL) |
---|
| 2005 | { |
---|
| 2006 | fprintf(stderr, "processBackupCtrlFile(): malloc failure"); |
---|
| 2007 | *backupControlHeaderP = NULL; /* Let the caller know the malloc failed. */ |
---|
| 2008 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2009 | } |
---|
| 2010 | |
---|
| 2011 | memset((gpfs_backup_control_t *) backupCtrlP, '\0', |
---|
| 2012 | sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t)); |
---|
| 2013 | |
---|
| 2014 | /* Open the BackupCtrlFile and process its contents to update the |
---|
| 2015 | gpfs_backup_control_t structure. */ |
---|
| 2016 | fp = open(filename, O_RDONLY, 0664); |
---|
| 2017 | if (fp == -1) |
---|
| 2018 | { |
---|
| 2019 | fprintf(stderr, "processBackupCtrlFile(): open(%s) failure", filename); |
---|
| 2020 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2021 | } |
---|
| 2022 | |
---|
| 2023 | /* Set the file pointer to the beginning of the file. */ |
---|
| 2024 | recordInFile = 0; |
---|
| 2025 | nextReadOffset = recordInFile*sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t); |
---|
| 2026 | actualOffset = lseek(fp, nextReadOffset, SEEK_SET); |
---|
| 2027 | if (actualOffset != nextReadOffset) |
---|
| 2028 | { |
---|
| 2029 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", nextReadOffset, filename); |
---|
| 2030 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2031 | } |
---|
| 2032 | |
---|
| 2033 | /* Read the control data from the file. */ |
---|
| 2034 | bytesRead = read(fp, backupCtrlP, sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t)); |
---|
| 2035 | if (bytesRead != sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t)) |
---|
| 2036 | { |
---|
| 2037 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", filename); |
---|
| 2038 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2039 | } |
---|
| 2040 | |
---|
| 2041 | /* Close the backup control file. */ |
---|
| 2042 | close(fp); |
---|
| 2043 | |
---|
| 2044 | /* Set the pointer to the data for use by the caller. */ |
---|
| 2045 | *backupControlHeaderP = backupCtrlP; |
---|
| 2046 | |
---|
| 2047 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 2048 | |
---|
| 2049 | return(rc); |
---|
| 2050 | |
---|
| 2051 | } /*------ end of processBackupCtrlFile() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 2052 | |
---|
| 2053 | |
---|
| 2054 | /* |
---|
| 2055 | * NAME: forkMsgChild() |
---|
| 2056 | * |
---|
| 2057 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 2058 | * Fork a child process that will issue reassuring thoughts periodically |
---|
| 2059 | * until the master process ends. This is to help the user be patient. |
---|
| 2060 | * |
---|
| 2061 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 2062 | * |
---|
| 2063 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 2064 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 2065 | * |
---|
| 2066 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 2067 | */ |
---|
| 2068 | int forkMsgChild() |
---|
| 2069 | { |
---|
| 2070 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 2071 | char commandBuffer[LINE_LENGTH]; /* cmd to execute */ |
---|
| 2072 | pid_t pid; |
---|
| 2073 | char* fn = "forkMsgChild"; |
---|
| 2074 | |
---|
| 2075 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 2076 | |
---|
| 2077 | /* Create the command to cause the message child to produce messages. */ |
---|
| 2078 | snprintf(commandBuffer, sizeof(commandBuffer), |
---|
| 2079 | "%s/bin/mmexectsmcmd %s %d > /dev/null 2>/dev/null", |
---|
| 2080 | INSTALL_DIRECTORY, "givestatus", 150); // frequency = 2.5 min |
---|
| 2081 | |
---|
| 2082 | /* Create the child process. */ |
---|
| 2083 | pid = forkit(commandBuffer); |
---|
| 2084 | |
---|
| 2085 | /* Check for complete failure (i.e., check whether nothing came back). */ |
---|
| 2086 | if (pid < 0) |
---|
| 2087 | { |
---|
| 2088 | /* The command that was issued failed. |
---|
| 2089 | Issue an error message and return a bad return code. */ |
---|
| 2090 | fprintf(stderr, "forkMsgChild(): forkit() returned pid = %d\n", pid); |
---|
| 2091 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 2092 | } |
---|
| 2093 | |
---|
| 2094 | /* Save the pid of the message process so that tsbackup can |
---|
| 2095 | kill the process when he (tsbackup) is about to exit. */ |
---|
| 2096 | msgChildPid = pid; |
---|
| 2097 | |
---|
| 2098 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 2099 | |
---|
| 2100 | return(rc); |
---|
| 2101 | |
---|
| 2102 | } /*------ end of forkMsgChild() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 2103 | |
---|
| 2104 | |
---|
| 2105 | /* |
---|
| 2106 | * NAME: forkit() |
---|
| 2107 | * |
---|
| 2108 | * FUNCTION: fork and exec a passed command |
---|
| 2109 | * |
---|
| 2110 | */ |
---|
| 2111 | pid_t forkit(const char *cmd) |
---|
| 2112 | { |
---|
| 2113 | pid_t pid; |
---|
| 2114 | char* fn = "forkit"; |
---|
| 2115 | |
---|
| 2116 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 2117 | |
---|
| 2118 | if ((pid = fork()) == 0) |
---|
| 2119 | { |
---|
| 2120 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 2121 | sigset_t sigMask; |
---|
| 2122 | |
---|
| 2123 | /* An exec inherits the signal mask, |
---|
| 2124 | * so we set up not to block anything anymore. |
---|
| 2125 | */ |
---|
| 2126 | sigemptyset(&sigMask); |
---|
| 2127 | sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &sigMask, NULL); |
---|
| 2128 | |
---|
| 2129 | if (stat(SHELL_PATH, &statBuf) != 0) |
---|
| 2130 | { |
---|
| 2131 | exit(127); |
---|
| 2132 | } |
---|
| 2133 | |
---|
| 2134 | execl(SHELL_PATH, SHELL, "-c", cmd, (char *) 0); |
---|
| 2135 | exit(1); |
---|
| 2136 | } |
---|
| 2137 | |
---|
| 2138 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 2139 | |
---|
| 2140 | return(pid); |
---|
| 2141 | |
---|
| 2142 | } /*------ end of forkit() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 2143 | |
---|
| 2144 | |
---|
| 2145 | /* |
---|
| 2146 | * NAME: createClientFilelists() |
---|
| 2147 | * |
---|
| 2148 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 2149 | * Create the transaction files for the client processes by divying |
---|
| 2150 | * the transactions file into smaller files containing roughly similar |
---|
| 2151 | * amounts of backup work. |
---|
| 2152 | * |
---|
| 2153 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 2154 | * backupControlHdrP: (IN) Pointer to a gpfs_backup_control_t structure |
---|
| 2155 | * |
---|
| 2156 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 2157 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 2158 | * |
---|
| 2159 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 2160 | */ |
---|
| 2161 | int createClientFilelists(gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHdrP) |
---|
| 2162 | { |
---|
| 2163 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
| 2164 | Int64 clientTransListSize[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES]; |
---|
| 2165 | Int64 targetSizeForProcess; |
---|
| 2166 | Int64 currentSizeForProcess= 0; |
---|
| 2167 | Int64 sizeOfFilesInBuffer = 0; |
---|
| 2168 | Int64 smallestSize; |
---|
| 2169 | Int64 numberOfRecords; |
---|
| 2170 | Int32 bufferIndex; |
---|
| 2171 | Int32 processIndex; |
---|
| 2172 | Int32 numberOfProcesses, np; |
---|
| 2173 | Int32 i, j, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 2174 | Int32 smallestIndex; |
---|
| 2175 | Int32 handle; |
---|
| 2176 | Int32 bytesRead, bytesWritten; |
---|
| 2177 | Boolean processHasWork = false; |
---|
| 2178 | transactionsListRecord transactionRecord; |
---|
| 2179 | transactionsListRecord buffer[NRECS_PER_BUFFER]; |
---|
| 2180 | transactionsListRecord *dir_buffers[MAX_DIR_BUFFERS]; |
---|
| 2181 | char filenameP[21]; |
---|
| 2182 | char suffix[2]; |
---|
| 2183 | char *testString; |
---|
| 2184 | offset_t nextWriteOffset, nextReadOffset, actualOffset; |
---|
| 2185 | size_t transactionRecordSize; |
---|
| 2186 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 2187 | char* fn = "createClientFilelists"; |
---|
| 2188 | |
---|
| 2189 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 2190 | |
---|
| 2191 | /* Initializations */ |
---|
| 2192 | transactionRecordSize = sizeof(transactionsListRecord); |
---|
| 2193 | backupCtrlP = backupControlHdrP; |
---|
| 2194 | |
---|
| 2195 | /* Calculate the number of client processes. */ |
---|
| 2196 | numberOfProcesses = backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.numberOfClients * |
---|
| 2197 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.processesPerClient; |
---|
| 2198 | |
---|
| 2199 | /* If there is only one client process (possible, but fairly unlikely), |
---|
| 2200 | just rename the transactions file to TransactionsList_0. */ |
---|
| 2201 | if (numberOfProcesses == 1) |
---|
| 2202 | { |
---|
| 2203 | /* Create the name of the file for the 0th (and only) client process. */ |
---|
| 2204 | snprintf(clientTransactionsList[0], MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s%d", |
---|
| 2205 | transactionsList, 0); |
---|
| 2206 | |
---|
| 2207 | /* Rename the transactions file. */ |
---|
| 2208 | rc = rename(transactionsList, clientTransactionsList[0]); |
---|
| 2209 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 2210 | { |
---|
| 2211 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 2212 | transactionsList, clientTransactionsList[0], rc); |
---|
| 2213 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2214 | } |
---|
| 2215 | } |
---|
| 2216 | else /* We come here if multiple client processes are needed. */ |
---|
| 2217 | { |
---|
| 2218 | /* Create transaction files for the client processes in append mode. |
---|
| 2219 | The name of each created file will be TransactionsList_L, i.e., |
---|
| 2220 | we will concatenate the client process suffix L (where L is the |
---|
| 2221 | client process index) to the existing TransactionsList filename. */ |
---|
| 2222 | for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
| 2223 | { |
---|
| 2224 | /* Create the name of the file for the jth client process. */ |
---|
| 2225 | snprintf(clientTransactionsList[j], MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s%d", |
---|
| 2226 | transactionsList, j); |
---|
| 2227 | |
---|
| 2228 | /* Create the file in append mode. */ |
---|
| 2229 | handle = open(clientTransactionsList[j], |
---|
| 2230 | O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC, 0644); |
---|
| 2231 | if (handle == -1) |
---|
| 2232 | { |
---|
| 2233 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot create %s\n", clientTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
| 2234 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2235 | } |
---|
| 2236 | else |
---|
| 2237 | { |
---|
| 2238 | clientTransactionsListHandle[j] = handle; |
---|
| 2239 | } |
---|
| 2240 | |
---|
| 2241 | /* Set the size of the newly-created list to zero. */ |
---|
| 2242 | clientTransListSize[j] = 0; |
---|
| 2243 | } |
---|
| 2244 | } |
---|
| 2245 | |
---|
| 2246 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 2247 | |
---|
| 2248 | /* If more than one client process is needed (which is most likely), |
---|
| 2249 | divy the transactions file into as many files as there are processes, |
---|
| 2250 | each smaller file having a similar total aggregate file size. */ |
---|
| 2251 | if (numberOfProcesses > 1) |
---|
| 2252 | { |
---|
| 2253 | /* Determine the number of records in the transactions file. */ |
---|
| 2254 | rc = stat(transactionsList, &statBuf); |
---|
| 2255 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
| 2256 | { |
---|
| 2257 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
| 2258 | transactionsList, errno); |
---|
| 2259 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2260 | } |
---|
| 2261 | numberOfRecords = statBuf.st_size / transactionRecordSize; |
---|
| 2262 | |
---|
| 2263 | /* Open the transactions file in read mode. */ |
---|
| 2264 | handle = open(transactionsList, O_RDONLY, 0644); |
---|
| 2265 | if (handle == -1) |
---|
| 2266 | { |
---|
| 2267 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s\n", transactionsList); |
---|
| 2268 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2269 | } |
---|
| 2270 | |
---|
| 2271 | /* If this is a resume backup, doInodeScan() was not called and |
---|
| 2272 | so the total aggregate file size has not been calculated yet. |
---|
| 2273 | Calculate it now. */ |
---|
| 2274 | if (Resume) |
---|
| 2275 | { |
---|
| 2276 | /* Position the file handle to point to the first record. */ |
---|
| 2277 | nextReadOffset = 0; |
---|
| 2278 | actualOffset = lseek(handle, nextReadOffset, SEEK_SET); |
---|
| 2279 | if (actualOffset != nextReadOffset) |
---|
| 2280 | { |
---|
| 2281 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", nextReadOffset, |
---|
| 2282 | transactionsList); |
---|
| 2283 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2284 | } |
---|
| 2285 | |
---|
| 2286 | /* Set the aggregate file size accumulator to zero. */ |
---|
| 2287 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.totalSizeOfFiles = 0; |
---|
| 2288 | |
---|
| 2289 | /* Loop through the transactions file to calculate the aggregate size. */ |
---|
| 2290 | while (( bytesRead = |
---|
| 2291 | read(handle, &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize)) > 0) |
---|
| 2292 | { |
---|
| 2293 | if (bytesRead != transactionRecordSize) |
---|
| 2294 | { |
---|
| 2295 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", transactionsList); |
---|
| 2296 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2297 | } |
---|
| 2298 | |
---|
| 2299 | /* Add the file size to the aggregate file size accumulator. */ |
---|
| 2300 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.totalSizeOfFiles += |
---|
| 2301 | strtoll((const char *) transactionRecord.filesize, NULL, 10); |
---|
| 2302 | } |
---|
| 2303 | } |
---|
| 2304 | |
---|
| 2305 | /* Position the transactions file handle to point to the first record. */ |
---|
| 2306 | nextReadOffset = 0; |
---|
| 2307 | actualOffset = lseek(handle, nextReadOffset, SEEK_SET); |
---|
| 2308 | if (actualOffset != nextReadOffset) |
---|
| 2309 | { |
---|
| 2310 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", nextReadOffset, |
---|
| 2311 | transactionsList); |
---|
| 2312 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2313 | } |
---|
| 2314 | |
---|
| 2315 | /* Calculate the target aggregate files size for each client process. */ |
---|
| 2316 | targetSizeForProcess = |
---|
| 2317 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.totalSizeOfFiles / numberOfProcesses; |
---|
| 2318 | |
---|
| 2319 | /* Initialize the buffer and process indices. */ |
---|
| 2320 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
| 2321 | processIndex = 0; |
---|
| 2322 | np = 0; |
---|
| 2323 | |
---|
| 2324 | /* |
---|
| 2325 | * Loop until all of the transaction records have been processed: |
---|
| 2326 | * - Read a record from the transaction file. |
---|
| 2327 | * - Handle the current transaction record as appropriate based on |
---|
| 2328 | * how full the current client process's transaction file is. |
---|
| 2329 | * The goal is to give each client process about the same amount |
---|
| 2330 | * of backup work to do. |
---|
| 2331 | * - Point to the next client process when the current client |
---|
| 2332 | * process's transaction file reaches the desired target size. |
---|
| 2333 | */ |
---|
| 2334 | while (numberOfRecords > 0) |
---|
| 2335 | { |
---|
| 2336 | /* Read the next record from the transaction file. */ |
---|
| 2337 | bytesRead = read(handle, &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 2338 | if (bytesRead != transactionRecordSize) |
---|
| 2339 | { |
---|
| 2340 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", transactionsList); |
---|
| 2341 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2342 | } |
---|
| 2343 | |
---|
| 2344 | /* Decrement the number of records. */ |
---|
| 2345 | numberOfRecords--; |
---|
| 2346 | |
---|
| 2347 | /* |
---|
| 2348 | * Handle the transaction record for the current file. |
---|
| 2349 | * The record is handled differently based on how the file |
---|
| 2350 | * fits into the work allotted to the current client process. |
---|
| 2351 | * There are three cases: |
---|
| 2352 | * 1. Adding the file would cause the aggregate size to be |
---|
| 2353 | * beyond the allowed size discretion; |
---|
| 2354 | * 2. Adding the file would cause the aggregate size to be |
---|
| 2355 | * over the process limit but within the allowed discretion; |
---|
| 2356 | * 3. Adding the file would not cause the aggregate size to be |
---|
| 2357 | * over the process limit. |
---|
| 2358 | */ |
---|
| 2359 | if ((currentSizeForProcess + sizeOfFilesInBuffer + |
---|
| 2360 | strtoll((const char *) transactionRecord.filesize, NULL, 10)) > |
---|
| 2361 | targetSizeForProcess + PROCESS_OVERFLOW_DISCRETION) |
---|
| 2362 | { |
---|
| 2363 | /* |
---|
| 2364 | * We come here if the aggregate size will be beyond the allowed |
---|
| 2365 | * discretion. The following steps are performed: |
---|
| 2366 | * 1. If the buffer has something in it, process the buffer: |
---|
| 2367 | * a. Write the contents of the buffer to the |
---|
| 2368 | * client process's transaction file. |
---|
| 2369 | * b. Set flag indicating the current process file |
---|
| 2370 | * has been written to. |
---|
| 2371 | * c. Clear the buffer for use by the next process. |
---|
| 2372 | * 2. Copy the new transaction record for the file into the |
---|
| 2373 | * buffer and increment the buffer size accumulator. |
---|
| 2374 | * 3. If the current process file has been written to, |
---|
| 2375 | * point to the next client process: |
---|
| 2376 | * a. Increment the client process index. |
---|
| 2377 | * b. Reset the process's size accumulator to 0. |
---|
| 2378 | * c. Reset the flag indicating the current process |
---|
| 2379 | * has been written to. |
---|
| 2380 | */ |
---|
| 2381 | |
---|
| 2382 | /* If the buffer has something in it, write it to |
---|
| 2383 | the client process's transaction file. */ |
---|
| 2384 | if (bufferIndex > -1) |
---|
| 2385 | { |
---|
| 2386 | rc = writeBuffer(clientTransactionsListHandle[processIndex], buffer, |
---|
| 2387 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 2388 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 2389 | { |
---|
| 2390 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 2391 | "createClientFilelists(): writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 2392 | rc); |
---|
| 2393 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2394 | } |
---|
| 2395 | |
---|
| 2396 | /* Calculate and store the file size value for this process. */ |
---|
| 2397 | clientTransListSize[processIndex] = |
---|
| 2398 | currentSizeForProcess + sizeOfFilesInBuffer; |
---|
| 2399 | |
---|
| 2400 | /* Set a flag indicating that the current process file has work. */ |
---|
| 2401 | processHasWork = true; |
---|
| 2402 | |
---|
| 2403 | /* If this is the highest process index so far, save it |
---|
| 2404 | as the number of processes that have work so far. */ |
---|
| 2405 | if (processIndex > np) { |
---|
| 2406 | np = processIndex; |
---|
| 2407 | } |
---|
| 2408 | |
---|
| 2409 | /* Clear the buffer in preparation for reuse. */ |
---|
| 2410 | memset(buffer, 0, transactionRecordSize*NRECS_PER_BUFFER); |
---|
| 2411 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer = 0; |
---|
| 2412 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
| 2413 | } |
---|
| 2414 | |
---|
| 2415 | /* Copy the new record for the file into the buffer |
---|
| 2416 | and increment the buffer size accumulator. */ |
---|
| 2417 | bufferIndex++; |
---|
| 2418 | memcpy((void *) &buffer[bufferIndex], |
---|
| 2419 | (const void *) &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 2420 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer += |
---|
| 2421 | strtoll((const char *) transactionRecord.filesize, NULL, 10); |
---|
| 2422 | |
---|
| 2423 | if (processHasWork) |
---|
| 2424 | { |
---|
| 2425 | /* Select the next process file to add work to. Pick a process |
---|
| 2426 | whose file is empty or the one that has the most room. */ |
---|
| 2427 | smallestSize = clientTransListSize[0]; |
---|
| 2428 | for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
| 2429 | { |
---|
| 2430 | if (clientTransListSize[j] == 0) { |
---|
| 2431 | smallestSize = 0; |
---|
| 2432 | smallestIndex = j; |
---|
| 2433 | break; |
---|
| 2434 | } |
---|
| 2435 | if (clientTransListSize[j] <= smallestSize) { |
---|
| 2436 | smallestSize = clientTransListSize[j]; |
---|
| 2437 | smallestIndex = j; |
---|
| 2438 | } |
---|
| 2439 | } |
---|
| 2440 | processIndex = smallestIndex; |
---|
| 2441 | currentSizeForProcess = smallestSize; |
---|
| 2442 | |
---|
| 2443 | /* Reset the "process has work" flag. */ |
---|
| 2444 | processHasWork = false; |
---|
| 2445 | } |
---|
| 2446 | |
---|
| 2447 | } |
---|
| 2448 | else if ((currentSizeForProcess + sizeOfFilesInBuffer + |
---|
| 2449 | strtoll((const char *) transactionRecord.filesize, NULL, 10)) >= |
---|
| 2450 | targetSizeForProcess) |
---|
| 2451 | { |
---|
| 2452 | /* |
---|
| 2453 | * We come here if the aggregate size will be over the process target |
---|
| 2454 | * but within the allowed discretion. The following steps are performed: |
---|
| 2455 | * 1. Copy the new transaction record for the file into the |
---|
| 2456 | * buffer and increment the buffer size accumulator. |
---|
| 2457 | * 2. Process the buffer: |
---|
| 2458 | * a. Write the contents of the buffer to the |
---|
| 2459 | * client process's transaction file. |
---|
| 2460 | * b. Clear the buffer for use by the next process. |
---|
| 2461 | * 3. Point to the next client process: |
---|
| 2462 | * a. Increment the client process index. |
---|
| 2463 | * b. Reset the process's size accumulator to 0. |
---|
| 2464 | * c. Reset the flag indicating the current process |
---|
| 2465 | * has been written to. |
---|
| 2466 | */ |
---|
| 2467 | |
---|
| 2468 | /* Copy the new record for the file into the buffer |
---|
| 2469 | and increment the buffer size accumulator. */ |
---|
| 2470 | bufferIndex++; |
---|
| 2471 | memcpy((void *) &buffer[bufferIndex], |
---|
| 2472 | (const void *) &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 2473 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer += |
---|
| 2474 | strtoll((const char *) transactionRecord.filesize, NULL, 10); |
---|
| 2475 | |
---|
| 2476 | /* Write the contents of the buffer to the process file. */ |
---|
| 2477 | rc = writeBuffer(clientTransactionsListHandle[processIndex], buffer, |
---|
| 2478 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 2479 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 2480 | { |
---|
| 2481 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 2482 | "createClientFilelists(): writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 2483 | rc); |
---|
| 2484 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2485 | } |
---|
| 2486 | |
---|
| 2487 | /* Calculate and store the file size value for this process. */ |
---|
| 2488 | clientTransListSize[processIndex] = |
---|
| 2489 | currentSizeForProcess + sizeOfFilesInBuffer; |
---|
| 2490 | |
---|
| 2491 | /* If this is the highest process index so far, save it |
---|
| 2492 | as the number of processes that have work so far. */ |
---|
| 2493 | if (processIndex > np) { |
---|
| 2494 | np = processIndex; |
---|
| 2495 | } |
---|
| 2496 | |
---|
| 2497 | /* Clear the buffer in preparation for reuse. */ |
---|
| 2498 | memset(buffer, 0, transactionRecordSize*NRECS_PER_BUFFER); |
---|
| 2499 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer = 0; |
---|
| 2500 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
| 2501 | |
---|
| 2502 | /* Select the next process file to add work to. Pick a process |
---|
| 2503 | whose file is empty or the one that has the most room. */ |
---|
| 2504 | smallestSize = clientTransListSize[0]; |
---|
| 2505 | for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
| 2506 | { |
---|
| 2507 | if (clientTransListSize[j] == 0) { |
---|
| 2508 | smallestSize = 0; |
---|
| 2509 | smallestIndex = j; |
---|
| 2510 | break; |
---|
| 2511 | } |
---|
| 2512 | if (clientTransListSize[j] <= smallestSize) { |
---|
| 2513 | smallestSize = clientTransListSize[j]; |
---|
| 2514 | smallestIndex = j; |
---|
| 2515 | } |
---|
| 2516 | } |
---|
| 2517 | processIndex = smallestIndex; |
---|
| 2518 | currentSizeForProcess = smallestSize; |
---|
| 2519 | |
---|
| 2520 | /* Reset the "process has work" flag. */ |
---|
| 2521 | processHasWork = false; |
---|
| 2522 | |
---|
| 2523 | } |
---|
| 2524 | else /* We are within the limits allocated for the process. */ |
---|
| 2525 | { |
---|
| 2526 | /* |
---|
| 2527 | * We come here if the aggregate size will be within the process |
---|
| 2528 | * target limit. The following steps are performed: |
---|
| 2529 | * 1. Copy the new transaction record for the file into the |
---|
| 2530 | * buffer and increment the buffer size accumulator. |
---|
| 2531 | * 2. If the buffer is full, process the buffer: |
---|
| 2532 | * a. Write the contents of the buffer to the |
---|
| 2533 | * client process's transaction file. |
---|
| 2534 | * b. Increment the aggregate file size for the process. |
---|
| 2535 | * c. Clear the buffer for use by the next process. |
---|
| 2536 | */ |
---|
| 2537 | |
---|
| 2538 | /* Copy the current transaction record to the buffer. */ |
---|
| 2539 | bufferIndex++; |
---|
| 2540 | memcpy((void *) &buffer[bufferIndex], |
---|
| 2541 | (const void *) &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 2542 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer += |
---|
| 2543 | strtoll((const char *) transactionRecord.filesize, NULL, 10); |
---|
| 2544 | |
---|
| 2545 | /* If the buffer is full, write its contents to |
---|
| 2546 | the transaction file for the client process. */ |
---|
| 2547 | if ((bufferIndex + 1) == NRECS_PER_BUFFER) |
---|
| 2548 | { |
---|
| 2549 | /* Write out the buffer and start a new buffer. */ |
---|
| 2550 | rc = writeBuffer(clientTransactionsListHandle[processIndex], buffer, |
---|
| 2551 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 2552 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 2553 | { |
---|
| 2554 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 2555 | "createClientFilelists: writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 2556 | rc); |
---|
| 2557 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2558 | } |
---|
| 2559 | |
---|
| 2560 | /* Set a flag indicating that the current process file has work. */ |
---|
| 2561 | processHasWork = true; |
---|
| 2562 | |
---|
| 2563 | /* If this is the highest process index so far, save it |
---|
| 2564 | as the number of processes that have work so far. */ |
---|
| 2565 | if (processIndex > np) { |
---|
| 2566 | np = processIndex; |
---|
| 2567 | } |
---|
| 2568 | |
---|
| 2569 | /* Increment the file size value for this process. */ |
---|
| 2570 | currentSizeForProcess += sizeOfFilesInBuffer; |
---|
| 2571 | |
---|
| 2572 | /* Store the file size value for this process. */ |
---|
| 2573 | clientTransListSize[processIndex] = currentSizeForProcess; |
---|
| 2574 | |
---|
| 2575 | /* Clear the buffer in preparation for reuse. */ |
---|
| 2576 | memset(buffer, 0, transactionRecordSize*NRECS_PER_BUFFER); |
---|
| 2577 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer = 0; |
---|
| 2578 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
| 2579 | } |
---|
| 2580 | } |
---|
| 2581 | |
---|
| 2582 | } /* end while (numberOfRecords > 0) */ |
---|
| 2583 | |
---|
| 2584 | /* We have finished reading the records in the file. |
---|
| 2585 | If the buffer has something in it, write it to |
---|
| 2586 | the client process's transaction file. */ |
---|
| 2587 | if (bufferIndex > -1) |
---|
| 2588 | { |
---|
| 2589 | rc = writeBuffer(clientTransactionsListHandle[processIndex], buffer, |
---|
| 2590 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 2591 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 2592 | { |
---|
| 2593 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 2594 | "createClientFilelists: writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 2595 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2596 | } |
---|
| 2597 | |
---|
| 2598 | /* If this is the highest process index so far, save it |
---|
| 2599 | as the number of processes that have work so far. */ |
---|
| 2600 | if (processIndex > np) { |
---|
| 2601 | np = processIndex; |
---|
| 2602 | } |
---|
| 2603 | } |
---|
| 2604 | |
---|
| 2605 | } else { // Only one process was specified. |
---|
| 2606 | |
---|
| 2607 | /* Set the process number variable to 0. */ |
---|
| 2608 | np = 0; |
---|
| 2609 | |
---|
| 2610 | } /* end if (numberOfProcesses > 1) */ |
---|
| 2611 | |
---|
| 2612 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 2613 | |
---|
| 2614 | /* Set the number of processes to the actual number of processes |
---|
| 2615 | for which we created transaction files. */ |
---|
| 2616 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.numberOfProcesses = np + 1; |
---|
| 2617 | |
---|
| 2618 | /* If there were multiple processes, close the created client |
---|
| 2619 | process transaction files and delete any that are empty. */ |
---|
| 2620 | if (numberOfProcesses > 1) |
---|
| 2621 | { |
---|
| 2622 | /* Close the created client process transaction files. */ |
---|
| 2623 | for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
| 2624 | { |
---|
| 2625 | rc = close(clientTransactionsListHandle[j]); |
---|
| 2626 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 2627 | { |
---|
| 2628 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot close file %s.\n", clientTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
| 2629 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2630 | } |
---|
| 2631 | } |
---|
| 2632 | |
---|
| 2633 | /* Delete any created client process transactions files that are empty. */ |
---|
| 2634 | for (j = np+1; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
| 2635 | { |
---|
| 2636 | /* Delete the empty client process transactions file. */ |
---|
| 2637 | unlink(clientTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
| 2638 | } |
---|
| 2639 | } /* end if (numberOfProcesses > 1) */ |
---|
| 2640 | |
---|
| 2641 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 2642 | |
---|
| 2643 | return(rc); |
---|
| 2644 | |
---|
| 2645 | } /*------ end of createClientFilelists() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 2646 | |
---|
| 2647 | |
---|
| 2648 | /* |
---|
| 2649 | * NAME: createClientFilelists2() |
---|
| 2650 | * |
---|
| 2651 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 2652 | * Create the transaction files for the client processes by divying |
---|
| 2653 | * the transactions file into smaller files containing roughly similar |
---|
| 2654 | * numbers of records. |
---|
| 2655 | * |
---|
| 2656 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 2657 | * backupControlHdrP: (IN) Pointer to a gpfs_backup_control_t structure |
---|
| 2658 | * |
---|
| 2659 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 2660 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 2661 | * |
---|
| 2662 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 2663 | */ |
---|
| 2664 | int createClientFilelists2(gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHdrP) |
---|
| 2665 | { |
---|
| 2666 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
| 2667 | Int64 targetSizeForProcess; |
---|
| 2668 | Int64 currentSizeForProcess= 0; |
---|
| 2669 | Int64 sizeOfFilesInBuffer = 0; |
---|
| 2670 | Int64 numberOfRecords, nrecs; |
---|
| 2671 | Int32 bufferIndex; |
---|
| 2672 | Int32 processIndex; |
---|
| 2673 | Int32 numberOfProcesses, np, numberPerProcess; |
---|
| 2674 | Int32 i, j, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 2675 | Int32 handle; |
---|
| 2676 | Int32 bytesRead, bytesWritten; |
---|
| 2677 | Boolean processHasWork = false; |
---|
| 2678 | transactionsListRecord transactionRecord; |
---|
| 2679 | transactionsListRecord buffer[NRECS_PER_BUFFER]; |
---|
| 2680 | transactionsListRecord *dir_buffers[MAX_DIR_BUFFERS]; |
---|
| 2681 | char filenameP[21]; |
---|
| 2682 | char suffix[2]; |
---|
| 2683 | char *testString; |
---|
| 2684 | offset_t nextWriteOffset, nextReadOffset, actualOffset; |
---|
| 2685 | size_t transactionRecordSize; |
---|
| 2686 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 2687 | char* fn = "createClientFilelists2"; |
---|
| 2688 | |
---|
| 2689 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 2690 | |
---|
| 2691 | /* Initializations */ |
---|
| 2692 | transactionRecordSize = sizeof(transactionsListRecord); |
---|
| 2693 | backupCtrlP = backupControlHdrP; |
---|
| 2694 | |
---|
| 2695 | /* Calculate the number of client processes. */ |
---|
| 2696 | numberOfProcesses = backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.numberOfClients * |
---|
| 2697 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.processesPerClient; |
---|
| 2698 | |
---|
| 2699 | /* If there is only one client process (possible, but fairly unlikely), |
---|
| 2700 | just rename the transactions file to TransactionsList_0. */ |
---|
| 2701 | if (numberOfProcesses == 1) |
---|
| 2702 | { |
---|
| 2703 | /* Create the name of the file for the 0th (and only) client process. */ |
---|
| 2704 | snprintf(clientTransactionsList[0], MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s%d", |
---|
| 2705 | transactionsList, 0); |
---|
| 2706 | |
---|
| 2707 | /* Rename the transactions file. */ |
---|
| 2708 | rc = rename(transactionsList, clientTransactionsList[0]); |
---|
| 2709 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 2710 | { |
---|
| 2711 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 2712 | transactionsList, clientTransactionsList[0], rc); |
---|
| 2713 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2714 | } |
---|
| 2715 | } |
---|
| 2716 | else /* We come here if multiple client processes are needed. */ |
---|
| 2717 | { |
---|
| 2718 | /* Create transaction files for the client processes in append mode. |
---|
| 2719 | The name of each created file will be TransactionsList_L, i.e., |
---|
| 2720 | we will concatenate the client process suffix L (where L is the |
---|
| 2721 | client process index) to the existing TransactionsList filename. */ |
---|
| 2722 | for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
| 2723 | { |
---|
| 2724 | /* Create the name of the file for the jth client process. */ |
---|
| 2725 | snprintf(clientTransactionsList[j], MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s%d", |
---|
| 2726 | transactionsList, j); |
---|
| 2727 | |
---|
| 2728 | /* Create the file in append mode. */ |
---|
| 2729 | handle = open(clientTransactionsList[j], |
---|
| 2730 | O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC, 0644); |
---|
| 2731 | if (handle == -1) |
---|
| 2732 | { |
---|
| 2733 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot create %s\n", clientTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
| 2734 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2735 | } |
---|
| 2736 | else |
---|
| 2737 | { |
---|
| 2738 | clientTransactionsListHandle[j] = handle; |
---|
| 2739 | } |
---|
| 2740 | } |
---|
| 2741 | } |
---|
| 2742 | |
---|
| 2743 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 2744 | |
---|
| 2745 | /* If more than one client process is needed (which is most likely), |
---|
| 2746 | divy the transactions file into as many files as there are processes, |
---|
| 2747 | each smaller file having the same number of files (or nearly so). */ |
---|
| 2748 | if (numberOfProcesses > 1) |
---|
| 2749 | { |
---|
| 2750 | /* Determine the number of records in the transactions file. */ |
---|
| 2751 | rc = stat(transactionsList, &statBuf); |
---|
| 2752 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
| 2753 | { |
---|
| 2754 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
| 2755 | transactionsList, errno); |
---|
| 2756 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2757 | } |
---|
| 2758 | numberOfRecords = statBuf.st_size / transactionRecordSize; |
---|
| 2759 | numberPerProcess = |
---|
| 2760 | numberOfRecords / (backupCtrlP->backupHdr.numberOfProcesses); |
---|
| 2761 | |
---|
| 2762 | /* Open the transactions file in read mode. */ |
---|
| 2763 | handle = open(transactionsList, O_RDONLY, 0644); |
---|
| 2764 | if (handle == -1) |
---|
| 2765 | { |
---|
| 2766 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s\n", transactionsList); |
---|
| 2767 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2768 | } |
---|
| 2769 | |
---|
| 2770 | /* Position the transactions file handle to point to the first record. */ |
---|
| 2771 | nextReadOffset = 0; |
---|
| 2772 | actualOffset = lseek(handle, nextReadOffset, SEEK_SET); |
---|
| 2773 | if (actualOffset != nextReadOffset) |
---|
| 2774 | { |
---|
| 2775 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", nextReadOffset, |
---|
| 2776 | transactionsList); |
---|
| 2777 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2778 | } |
---|
| 2779 | |
---|
| 2780 | /* Initialize the buffer and process indices. */ |
---|
| 2781 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
| 2782 | processIndex = 0; |
---|
| 2783 | nrecs = 0; |
---|
| 2784 | |
---|
| 2785 | /* |
---|
| 2786 | * Loop until all of the transaction records have been processed: |
---|
| 2787 | * - Read a record from the transaction file. |
---|
| 2788 | * - Handle the current transaction record as appropriate based on |
---|
| 2789 | * how full the current client process's transaction file is. |
---|
| 2790 | * The goal is to give each client process about the same amount |
---|
| 2791 | * of backup work to do. |
---|
| 2792 | * - Point to the next client process when the current client |
---|
| 2793 | * process's transaction file reaches the desired target size. |
---|
| 2794 | */ |
---|
| 2795 | while (numberOfRecords > 0) |
---|
| 2796 | { |
---|
| 2797 | /* Read the next record from the transaction file. */ |
---|
| 2798 | bytesRead = read(handle, &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 2799 | if (bytesRead != transactionRecordSize) |
---|
| 2800 | { |
---|
| 2801 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", transactionsList); |
---|
| 2802 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2803 | } |
---|
| 2804 | |
---|
| 2805 | /* Decrement the total number of records and |
---|
| 2806 | increment the number of records for the current process. */ |
---|
| 2807 | numberOfRecords--; |
---|
| 2808 | nrecs++; |
---|
| 2809 | |
---|
| 2810 | /* If we are filling the transaction file for the last client process, |
---|
| 2811 | go right to the code to write the tranaction record appropriately. */ |
---|
| 2812 | if (processIndex == numberOfProcesses - 1) { |
---|
| 2813 | goto put_record2; |
---|
| 2814 | } |
---|
| 2815 | |
---|
| 2816 | /* |
---|
| 2817 | * Handle the transaction record for the current file. |
---|
| 2818 | * The record is handled differently based on how the file |
---|
| 2819 | * fits into work allotted to the current client process. |
---|
| 2820 | * There are two cases: |
---|
| 2821 | * 1. Adding the file would cause the client file to have |
---|
| 2822 | * more records than the target number of records; |
---|
| 2823 | * 2. Adding the file would not cause the client file to have |
---|
| 2824 | * more records than the target number of records; |
---|
| 2825 | */ |
---|
| 2826 | if (nrecs >= numberPerProcess) |
---|
| 2827 | { |
---|
| 2828 | /* |
---|
| 2829 | * We come here if adding the file would cause the client file |
---|
| 2830 | * to have more records than the target. The following steps |
---|
| 2831 | * are performed: |
---|
| 2832 | * 1. If the buffer has something in it, process the buffer: |
---|
| 2833 | * a. Write the contents of the buffer to the |
---|
| 2834 | * client process's transaction file. |
---|
| 2835 | * b. Set flag indicating the current process file |
---|
| 2836 | * has been written to. |
---|
| 2837 | * c. Clear the buffer for use by the next process. |
---|
| 2838 | * 2. Copy the new transaction record for the file into the |
---|
| 2839 | * buffer and increment the buffer size accumulator. |
---|
| 2840 | * 3. If the current process file has been written to, |
---|
| 2841 | * point to the next client process: |
---|
| 2842 | * a. Increment the client process index. |
---|
| 2843 | * b. Reset the process's size accumulator to 0. |
---|
| 2844 | * c. Reset the flag indicating the current process |
---|
| 2845 | * has been written to. |
---|
| 2846 | */ |
---|
| 2847 | |
---|
| 2848 | /* If the buffer has something in it, write it to the client process's |
---|
| 2849 | transaction file. */ |
---|
| 2850 | if (bufferIndex > -1) |
---|
| 2851 | { |
---|
| 2852 | rc = writeBuffer(clientTransactionsListHandle[processIndex], buffer, |
---|
| 2853 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 2854 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 2855 | { |
---|
| 2856 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 2857 | "createClientFilelists2(): writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 2858 | rc); |
---|
| 2859 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2860 | } |
---|
| 2861 | |
---|
| 2862 | /* Set a flag indicating that the current process file has work. */ |
---|
| 2863 | processHasWork = true; |
---|
| 2864 | |
---|
| 2865 | /* Save the process index as the number of processes |
---|
| 2866 | that have work so far. */ |
---|
| 2867 | np = processIndex; |
---|
| 2868 | |
---|
| 2869 | /* Clear the buffer in preparation for reuse. */ |
---|
| 2870 | memset(buffer, 0, transactionRecordSize*NRECS_PER_BUFFER); |
---|
| 2871 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
| 2872 | } |
---|
| 2873 | |
---|
| 2874 | /* Copy the new record for the file into the buffer |
---|
| 2875 | and increment the buffer size accumulator. */ |
---|
| 2876 | bufferIndex++; |
---|
| 2877 | memcpy((void *) &buffer[bufferIndex], |
---|
| 2878 | (const void *) &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 2879 | |
---|
| 2880 | if (processHasWork) |
---|
| 2881 | { |
---|
| 2882 | /* Point to the next client process and set its size to zero. */ |
---|
| 2883 | processIndex++; |
---|
| 2884 | nrecs = 0; |
---|
| 2885 | |
---|
| 2886 | /* Reset the "process has work" flag. */ |
---|
| 2887 | processHasWork = false; |
---|
| 2888 | } |
---|
| 2889 | |
---|
| 2890 | } |
---|
| 2891 | else /* We are within the limits of the size allocated for the server. */ |
---|
| 2892 | { |
---|
| 2893 | /* |
---|
| 2894 | * We come here if adding the file would not cause the client file |
---|
| 2895 | * to have more records than the target. The following steps |
---|
| 2896 | * are performed: |
---|
| 2897 | * 1. Copy the new transaction record for the file into the |
---|
| 2898 | * buffer and increment the buffer size accumulator. |
---|
| 2899 | * 2. If the buffer is full, process the buffer: |
---|
| 2900 | * a. Write the contents of the buffer to the |
---|
| 2901 | * client process's transaction file. |
---|
| 2902 | * b. Clear the buffer for use by the next process. |
---|
| 2903 | */ |
---|
| 2904 | |
---|
| 2905 | /* Copy the current transaction record to the buffer. */ |
---|
| 2906 | put_record2: |
---|
| 2907 | bufferIndex++; |
---|
| 2908 | memcpy((void *) &buffer[bufferIndex], |
---|
| 2909 | (const void *) &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 2910 | |
---|
| 2911 | /* If the buffer is full, write its contents to the transaction file |
---|
| 2912 | for the client process. */ |
---|
| 2913 | if ((bufferIndex + 1) == NRECS_PER_BUFFER) |
---|
| 2914 | { |
---|
| 2915 | /* Write out the buffer and start a new buffer. */ |
---|
| 2916 | rc = writeBuffer(clientTransactionsListHandle[processIndex], buffer, |
---|
| 2917 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 2918 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 2919 | { |
---|
| 2920 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 2921 | "createClientFilelists2: writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 2922 | rc); |
---|
| 2923 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2924 | } |
---|
| 2925 | |
---|
| 2926 | /* Set a flag indicating that the current process file has work. */ |
---|
| 2927 | processHasWork = true; |
---|
| 2928 | |
---|
| 2929 | /* Save the process index as the number of processes |
---|
| 2930 | that have work so far. */ |
---|
| 2931 | np = processIndex; |
---|
| 2932 | |
---|
| 2933 | /* Clear the buffer in preparation for reuse. */ |
---|
| 2934 | memset(buffer, 0, transactionRecordSize*NRECS_PER_BUFFER); |
---|
| 2935 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
| 2936 | } |
---|
| 2937 | } |
---|
| 2938 | |
---|
| 2939 | } /* end while (numberOfRecords > 0) */ |
---|
| 2940 | |
---|
| 2941 | /* We have finished reading the records in the file. |
---|
| 2942 | * If the buffer has something in it, write it to the client process's |
---|
| 2943 | * transaction file. */ |
---|
| 2944 | if (bufferIndex > -1) |
---|
| 2945 | { |
---|
| 2946 | rc = writeBuffer(clientTransactionsListHandle[processIndex], buffer, |
---|
| 2947 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 2948 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 2949 | { |
---|
| 2950 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 2951 | "createClientFilelists2: writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 2952 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2953 | } |
---|
| 2954 | |
---|
| 2955 | /* Save the process index as the number of processes |
---|
| 2956 | that have work so far. */ |
---|
| 2957 | np = processIndex; |
---|
| 2958 | } |
---|
| 2959 | |
---|
| 2960 | } else { // Only one process was specified. |
---|
| 2961 | |
---|
| 2962 | /* Set the process number variable to 0. */ |
---|
| 2963 | np = 0; |
---|
| 2964 | |
---|
| 2965 | } /* end if (numberOfProcesses > 1) */ |
---|
| 2966 | |
---|
| 2967 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 2968 | |
---|
| 2969 | /* Set the number of processes to the actual number of processes |
---|
| 2970 | for which we created transaction files. */ |
---|
| 2971 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.numberOfProcesses = np + 1; |
---|
| 2972 | |
---|
| 2973 | /* If there were multiple processes, close the created client |
---|
| 2974 | process transaction files and delete any that are empty. */ |
---|
| 2975 | if (numberOfProcesses > 1) |
---|
| 2976 | { |
---|
| 2977 | /* Close the created client process transaction files. */ |
---|
| 2978 | for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
| 2979 | { |
---|
| 2980 | rc = close(clientTransactionsListHandle[j]); |
---|
| 2981 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 2982 | { |
---|
| 2983 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot close file %s.\n", clientTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
| 2984 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 2985 | } |
---|
| 2986 | } |
---|
| 2987 | |
---|
| 2988 | /* Delete any created client process transactions files that are empty. */ |
---|
| 2989 | for (j = np+1; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
| 2990 | { |
---|
| 2991 | /* Delete the empty client process transactions file. */ |
---|
| 2992 | unlink(clientTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
| 2993 | } |
---|
| 2994 | } /* end if (numberOfProcesses > 1) */ |
---|
| 2995 | |
---|
| 2996 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 2997 | |
---|
| 2998 | return(rc); |
---|
| 2999 | |
---|
| 3000 | } /*------ end of createClientFilelists2() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 3001 | |
---|
| 3002 | |
---|
| 3003 | /* |
---|
| 3004 | * NAME: createBackupSnapshot() |
---|
| 3005 | * |
---|
| 3006 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 3007 | * Create a snapshot of a GPFS filesystem and store it at |
---|
| 3008 | * the mountpoint of the filesystem. |
---|
| 3009 | * |
---|
| 3010 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 3011 | * fsName - (IN) Pointer to the device of the filesystem |
---|
| 3012 | * for which to get a snapshot |
---|
| 3013 | * snapshotName - (IN) snapshot name |
---|
| 3014 | * |
---|
| 3015 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 3016 | * Errno |
---|
| 3017 | * |
---|
| 3018 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 3019 | */ |
---|
| 3020 | int createBackupSnapshot(char *deviceName, char *snapshotName) |
---|
| 3021 | { |
---|
| 3022 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 3023 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 3024 | char* fn = "createBackupSnapshot"; |
---|
| 3025 | |
---|
| 3026 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 3027 | |
---|
| 3028 | /* Obtain a handle to access the active filesystem. */ |
---|
| 3029 | fsSnapHandleP = gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_name(deviceName, NULL); |
---|
| 3030 | if (fsSnapHandleP == NULL) |
---|
| 3031 | { |
---|
| 3032 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 3033 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_name(%s, %s): %s\n", |
---|
| 3034 | fn, deviceName, "NULL", strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3035 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3036 | } |
---|
| 3037 | |
---|
| 3038 | /* Use the handle to obtain the name of the subdirectory |
---|
| 3039 | in which snapshots would be created. */ |
---|
| 3040 | rc = gpfs_get_snapdirname(fsSnapHandleP, snapshotSubdir, MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
| 3041 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
| 3042 | { |
---|
| 3043 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 3044 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_snapdirname(%s, %s, %d): %s\n", |
---|
| 3045 | fn, fsSnapHandleP, snapshotSubdir, MAX_FILE_NAME, strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3046 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3047 | } |
---|
| 3048 | |
---|
| 3049 | /* Determine whether there would be a name collision if a snapshot |
---|
| 3050 | were created. If so, issue an error message and fail. */ |
---|
| 3051 | sprintf(sstring, "%s/%s", fsName, snapshotSubdir); |
---|
| 3052 | rc = stat(sstring, &statBuf); |
---|
| 3053 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
| 3054 | { |
---|
| 3055 | /* It is acceptable for the snapshot directory to not exist; |
---|
| 3056 | Otherwise, issue an error and fail. */ |
---|
| 3057 | if (errno != ENOENT) |
---|
| 3058 | { |
---|
| 3059 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat directory '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
| 3060 | sstring, errno); |
---|
| 3061 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3062 | } |
---|
| 3063 | } |
---|
| 3064 | else |
---|
| 3065 | { |
---|
| 3066 | /* If we get here, the subdirectory exists. That is ok if it is the |
---|
| 3067 | special subdirectory for snapshots; to recognize this we use the |
---|
| 3068 | fact that the snapshot subdirectory always has an inode number |
---|
| 3069 | whose value is 0xFFFF0000 (best test we have right now, per Frank). |
---|
| 3070 | Otherwise, issue an error message stating we have a name collision |
---|
| 3071 | and then fail the routine. */ |
---|
| 3072 | if (statBuf.st_ino != 0xFFFF0000) |
---|
| 3073 | { |
---|
| 3074 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 3075 | "tsbackup: Subdirectory %s already exists. Unable to create snapshot.\n", |
---|
| 3076 | sstring); |
---|
| 3077 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3078 | } |
---|
| 3079 | |
---|
| 3080 | /* Delete the backup snapshot if it exists. */ |
---|
| 3081 | sprintf(sstring, "%s/%s", sstring, snapshotName); |
---|
| 3082 | if (stat(sstring, &statBuf) != -1) |
---|
| 3083 | { |
---|
| 3084 | /* Delete the snapshot. */ |
---|
| 3085 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/tsdelsnapshot %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
| 3086 | deviceName, snapshotName); |
---|
| 3087 | rc = system(sstring); |
---|
| 3088 | |
---|
| 3089 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
| 3090 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3091 | { |
---|
| 3092 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned rc = %d\n", sstring, rc); |
---|
| 3093 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3094 | } |
---|
| 3095 | } |
---|
| 3096 | } |
---|
| 3097 | |
---|
| 3098 | /* Issue the tscrsnapshot command to create a snapshot |
---|
| 3099 | and store it at the mount point of the filesystem. */ |
---|
| 3100 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/lpp/mmfs/bin/tscrsnapshot %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
| 3101 | deviceName, snapshotName); |
---|
| 3102 | rc = system(sstring); |
---|
| 3103 | |
---|
| 3104 | /* check system() return */ |
---|
| 3105 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3106 | { |
---|
| 3107 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned rc = %d\n", sstring, rc); |
---|
| 3108 | // BCH - possible candidate for message catalog |
---|
| 3109 | fprintf(stderr, "Creation of filesystem snapshot did not succeed.\n"); |
---|
| 3110 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3111 | } |
---|
| 3112 | |
---|
| 3113 | /* Create fsSnapshotPathname now that we have a snapshot. |
---|
| 3114 | Get the snapshot handle for the snapshot and then |
---|
| 3115 | use the handle to get the full pathname of the snapshot. */ |
---|
| 3116 | fsSnapHandleP = gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_name(deviceName, fsSnapshotName); |
---|
| 3117 | if (fsSnapHandleP == NULL) |
---|
| 3118 | { |
---|
| 3119 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 3120 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_name(%s, %s): %s\n", |
---|
| 3121 | fn, deviceName, fsSnapshotName, strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3122 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3123 | } |
---|
| 3124 | |
---|
| 3125 | /* Use the handle to get the full pathname of the snapshot. */ |
---|
| 3126 | snapshotPathname = gpfs_get_pathname_from_fssnaphandle(fsSnapHandleP); |
---|
| 3127 | if (snapshotPathname == NULL) |
---|
| 3128 | { |
---|
| 3129 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 3130 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_pathname_from_fssnaphandle(%s): %s\n", |
---|
| 3131 | fn, fsSnapHandleP, strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3132 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3133 | } |
---|
| 3134 | strcpy(fsSnapshotPathname, snapshotPathname); |
---|
| 3135 | |
---|
| 3136 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 3137 | |
---|
| 3138 | return(rc); |
---|
| 3139 | |
---|
| 3140 | } /*------ end of createBackupSnapshot() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 3141 | |
---|
| 3142 | |
---|
| 3143 | /* |
---|
| 3144 | * NAME: processInputCtrlFile() |
---|
| 3145 | * |
---|
| 3146 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 3147 | * Process the input control file (the file passed via the -F parameter |
---|
| 3148 | * of mmbackup) which contains the information for controlling the backup. |
---|
| 3149 | * |
---|
| 3150 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 3151 | * fsNameP - (IN) pointer to the filesystem mount point |
---|
| 3152 | * inputCtrlFile - (IN) pointer to the file containing the pertinent |
---|
| 3153 | * TSM client and server node information |
---|
| 3154 | * backupControlHeaderP - (OUT) pointer to the gpfs_backup_control_t created |
---|
| 3155 | * structure; the header info in this structure |
---|
| 3156 | * contains the information regarding the nodes |
---|
| 3157 | * |
---|
| 3158 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 3159 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 3160 | * |
---|
| 3161 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 3162 | * |
---|
| 3163 | * Input file format: (comments begin with a # character in the 1st column) |
---|
| 3164 | * ========================================================================== |
---|
| 3165 | * # Input control file for mmbackup |
---|
| 3166 | * # name of Tivoli server (must match name in the TSM client's dsm.opt file) |
---|
| 3167 | * serverName = c164n06.ppd.pok.ibm.com |
---|
| 3168 | * # the following value is used to specify parallelism on each client |
---|
| 3169 | * numberOfProcessesPerClient = 4 |
---|
| 3170 | * # backup client nodes |
---|
| 3171 | * clientName = c148n11 |
---|
| 3172 | * clientName = c148n13 |
---|
| 3173 | * clientName = c148n15 |
---|
| 3174 | * |
---|
| 3175 | */ |
---|
| 3176 | int processInputCtrlFile(char *fsName, |
---|
| 3177 | char *inputCtrlFile, |
---|
| 3178 | gpfs_backup_control_t **backupControlHeaderP, |
---|
| 3179 | Boolean doMalloc) |
---|
| 3180 | { |
---|
| 3181 | Int32 j, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 3182 | Int32 numProcessesPerClient; |
---|
| 3183 | Int32 clientIndex = 0; |
---|
| 3184 | Int32 linectr = 0; |
---|
| 3185 | char *fsNameP; |
---|
| 3186 | char *filename; |
---|
| 3187 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
| 3188 | FILE *fp; |
---|
| 3189 | char* eq_p; |
---|
| 3190 | char linein[LINE_LENGTH]; |
---|
| 3191 | char numberOfProcessesPerClientString[27] = "numberOfProcessesPerClient"; |
---|
| 3192 | char serverNameString[11] = "serverName"; |
---|
| 3193 | char clientNameString[11] = "clientName"; |
---|
| 3194 | Boolean foundServer = false; |
---|
| 3195 | Boolean foundNumberofProcessesPerClient = false; |
---|
| 3196 | char* fn = "processInputCtrlFile"; |
---|
| 3197 | |
---|
| 3198 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 3199 | |
---|
| 3200 | filename = inputCtrlFile; |
---|
| 3201 | fsNameP = fsName; |
---|
| 3202 | |
---|
| 3203 | if (doMalloc) |
---|
| 3204 | { |
---|
| 3205 | /* Create gpfs_backup_control structure and initialize it |
---|
| 3206 | to null characters. */ |
---|
| 3207 | backupCtrlP = |
---|
| 3208 | (gpfs_backup_control_t *) malloc(sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t)); |
---|
| 3209 | if (backupCtrlP == NULL) |
---|
| 3210 | { |
---|
| 3211 | fprintf(stderr, "processInputCtrlFile(): malloc failure"); |
---|
| 3212 | *backupControlHeaderP = NULL; /* Let caller know the malloc failed. */ |
---|
| 3213 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3214 | } |
---|
| 3215 | memset((gpfs_backup_control_t *) backupCtrlP, '\0', |
---|
| 3216 | sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t)); |
---|
| 3217 | |
---|
| 3218 | /* Pass back to the caller a pointer to the backup control data. */ |
---|
| 3219 | *backupControlHeaderP = backupCtrlP; |
---|
| 3220 | } |
---|
| 3221 | else |
---|
| 3222 | { |
---|
| 3223 | /* The control block already exists in storage. |
---|
| 3224 | Set our pointer so that we can update it. */ |
---|
| 3225 | backupCtrlP = *backupControlHeaderP; |
---|
| 3226 | } |
---|
| 3227 | |
---|
| 3228 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.numberOfClients = 0; |
---|
| 3229 | |
---|
| 3230 | /* Open the input control file. */ |
---|
| 3231 | if ((fp = fopen(filename, "r")) == (FILE *) NULL) |
---|
| 3232 | { |
---|
| 3233 | fprintf(stderr, "processInputCtrlFile(): fopen(%s) failed\n", filename); |
---|
| 3234 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3235 | } |
---|
| 3236 | |
---|
| 3237 | /* Get the next line of information. */ |
---|
| 3238 | while (fgets(linein, sizeof(linein), fp) != NULL) |
---|
| 3239 | { |
---|
| 3240 | /* Increment the line counter. */ |
---|
| 3241 | linectr++; |
---|
| 3242 | |
---|
| 3243 | /* Check the length of the input line. */ |
---|
| 3244 | if (strlen(linein) == ((LINE_LENGTH) - 1)) |
---|
| 3245 | { |
---|
| 3246 | fprintf(stderr, "File %s line %d: Line too long: \n %s\n", |
---|
| 3247 | filename, linectr, linein); |
---|
| 3248 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3249 | } |
---|
| 3250 | |
---|
| 3251 | /* Zap any trailing new line character. */ |
---|
| 3252 | if (linein[strlen(linein)-1] == '\n') { |
---|
| 3253 | linein[strlen(linein)-1] = '\0'; |
---|
| 3254 | } |
---|
| 3255 | |
---|
| 3256 | /* Skip blank or comment lines. */ |
---|
| 3257 | if ( (strlen(linein) == 0) || (linein[0] == '\0') || (linein[0] == '#') ) |
---|
| 3258 | { |
---|
| 3259 | continue; |
---|
| 3260 | } |
---|
| 3261 | |
---|
| 3262 | /* If no '=' character was found, this is a bogus line. */ |
---|
| 3263 | if ((eq_p = strchr(linein, inputCtrlSeperatorChar)) == NULL) |
---|
| 3264 | { |
---|
| 3265 | fprintf(stderr, "File %s line %d: No %c character in line\n %s\n", |
---|
| 3266 | filename, linectr, inputCtrlSeperatorChar, linein); |
---|
| 3267 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3268 | } |
---|
| 3269 | else |
---|
| 3270 | { |
---|
| 3271 | /* Check for the various allowable types of lines. */ |
---|
| 3272 | |
---|
| 3273 | /* Is this line specifying the server? */ |
---|
| 3274 | if (strncmp(linein, serverNameString, (strlen(serverNameString))) == 0) |
---|
| 3275 | { |
---|
| 3276 | /* Issue an error if the server name was already specified. */ |
---|
| 3277 | if (foundServer) |
---|
| 3278 | { |
---|
| 3279 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 3280 | "File %s line %d: server name was specified more than once:\n %s\n", |
---|
| 3281 | filename, linectr, linein); |
---|
| 3282 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3283 | } |
---|
| 3284 | foundServer = true; |
---|
| 3285 | |
---|
| 3286 | /* Copy the server name from the input line to the |
---|
| 3287 | control structure. */ |
---|
| 3288 | eq_p++; |
---|
| 3289 | strcpy(backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.serverName, eq_p); |
---|
| 3290 | continue; |
---|
| 3291 | } |
---|
| 3292 | else |
---|
| 3293 | { |
---|
| 3294 | /* Is this line specifying the number of processes per client? */ |
---|
| 3295 | if (strncmp(linein, numberOfProcessesPerClientString, |
---|
| 3296 | (strlen(numberOfProcessesPerClientString))) == 0) |
---|
| 3297 | { |
---|
| 3298 | /* Issue an error if the number of processes per client |
---|
| 3299 | was already specified. */ |
---|
| 3300 | if (foundNumberofProcessesPerClient == true) |
---|
| 3301 | { |
---|
| 3302 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 3303 | "File %s line %d: number of processes per client was specified more than once\n %s\n", filename, linectr, linein); |
---|
| 3304 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3305 | } |
---|
| 3306 | foundNumberofProcessesPerClient = true; |
---|
| 3307 | |
---|
| 3308 | /* Copy the number of processes per client from the input line |
---|
| 3309 | to the control structure. */ |
---|
| 3310 | eq_p++; |
---|
| 3311 | numProcessesPerClient = atoi((const char *) eq_p); |
---|
| 3312 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.processesPerClient = numProcessesPerClient; |
---|
| 3313 | if ((numProcessesPerClient <= 0) || |
---|
| 3314 | (numProcessesPerClient > MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES)) |
---|
| 3315 | { |
---|
| 3316 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 3317 | "The %s value (%d) specified in file %s is not valid.\n", |
---|
| 3318 | numberOfProcessesPerClientString, numProcessesPerClient, |
---|
| 3319 | filename); |
---|
| 3320 | fclose(fp); |
---|
| 3321 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3322 | } |
---|
| 3323 | continue; |
---|
| 3324 | } |
---|
| 3325 | else |
---|
| 3326 | { |
---|
| 3327 | /* Is this line specifying a client? */ |
---|
| 3328 | if (strncmp(linein, clientNameString, |
---|
| 3329 | (strlen(clientNameString))) == 0) |
---|
| 3330 | { |
---|
| 3331 | /* Copy the client name from the input line |
---|
| 3332 | to the control structure. */ |
---|
| 3333 | eq_p++; |
---|
| 3334 | strcpy(backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.clients[clientIndex].clientName, |
---|
| 3335 | eq_p); |
---|
| 3336 | // BCH - Is the following loc necessary with only 1 server? |
---|
| 3337 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.clients[clientIndex].clientIndex = |
---|
| 3338 | clientIndex; |
---|
| 3339 | clientIndex++; |
---|
| 3340 | continue; |
---|
| 3341 | } |
---|
| 3342 | else |
---|
| 3343 | { |
---|
| 3344 | /* Unrecognized line. Issue error and return with failure rc. */ |
---|
| 3345 | fprintf(stderr, "File %s line %d: Line not recognized:\n %s\n", |
---|
| 3346 | filename, linectr, linein); |
---|
| 3347 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3348 | } |
---|
| 3349 | } |
---|
| 3350 | } |
---|
| 3351 | } |
---|
| 3352 | } // end while (fgets(linein, sizeof(linein), fp) != NULL) |
---|
| 3353 | |
---|
| 3354 | if (clientIndex == 0) |
---|
| 3355 | { |
---|
| 3356 | fprintf(stderr, "File %s specified 0 clients.\n", filename); |
---|
| 3357 | fclose(fp); |
---|
| 3358 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3359 | } |
---|
| 3360 | |
---|
| 3361 | if (clientIndex > MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS) |
---|
| 3362 | { |
---|
| 3363 | fprintf(stderr, "File %s specified %d clients but only %d are allowed.\n", |
---|
| 3364 | filename, clientIndex, MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS); |
---|
| 3365 | fclose(fp); |
---|
| 3366 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3367 | } |
---|
| 3368 | |
---|
| 3369 | /* Save the number of clients into the control structure. */ |
---|
| 3370 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.numberOfClients = clientIndex; |
---|
| 3371 | |
---|
| 3372 | /* If the number of processes per client was not specified, set it to 1. */ |
---|
| 3373 | if (foundNumberofProcessesPerClient == false) |
---|
| 3374 | { |
---|
| 3375 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.processesPerClient = 1; |
---|
| 3376 | } |
---|
| 3377 | |
---|
| 3378 | /* Close the input control file. */ |
---|
| 3379 | fclose(fp); |
---|
| 3380 | |
---|
| 3381 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 3382 | |
---|
| 3383 | return(rc); |
---|
| 3384 | |
---|
| 3385 | } /*------ end of processInputCtrlFile() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 3386 | |
---|
| 3387 | |
---|
| 3388 | /* |
---|
| 3389 | * NAME: createBackupCtrlFile() |
---|
| 3390 | * |
---|
| 3391 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 3392 | * Create the .backup_control file and write out its contents. |
---|
| 3393 | * Release the storage of the pertinent gpfs_backup_control_t structure. |
---|
| 3394 | * |
---|
| 3395 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 3396 | * FileName - (IN) Name of the file to be created. |
---|
| 3397 | * backupControlHeaderP - (IN) Points to the gpfs_backup_control_t created |
---|
| 3398 | * structure. The header info in this structure |
---|
| 3399 | * contains the information regarding the nodes. |
---|
| 3400 | * |
---|
| 3401 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 3402 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 3403 | * |
---|
| 3404 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 3405 | */ |
---|
| 3406 | int createBackupCtrlFile(char *fileName, |
---|
| 3407 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHeaderP) |
---|
| 3408 | { |
---|
| 3409 | Int32 fileHandle, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 3410 | char *fileNameP; |
---|
| 3411 | Int32 fileIndex; |
---|
| 3412 | Int32 bytesRead, bytesWritten; |
---|
| 3413 | Int64 nextWriteOffset, actualOffset, recordInFile; |
---|
| 3414 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
| 3415 | size_t ctrlfileRecordSize = sizeof(gpfs_backup_control_t); |
---|
| 3416 | char* fn = "createBackupCtrlFile"; |
---|
| 3417 | |
---|
| 3418 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 3419 | |
---|
| 3420 | fileNameP = fileName; |
---|
| 3421 | |
---|
| 3422 | backupCtrlP = backupControlHeaderP; |
---|
| 3423 | |
---|
| 3424 | /* Create the .backup_control file. */ |
---|
| 3425 | fileHandle = open(fileNameP, O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_RDWR | O_TRUNC, 0600); |
---|
| 3426 | if (fileHandle == -1) |
---|
| 3427 | { |
---|
| 3428 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open file %s\n", fileNameP); |
---|
| 3429 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3430 | } |
---|
| 3431 | |
---|
| 3432 | recordInFile = 0; |
---|
| 3433 | nextWriteOffset = recordInFile*ctrlfileRecordSize; |
---|
| 3434 | actualOffset = lseek(fileHandle, nextWriteOffset, SEEK_SET); |
---|
| 3435 | if (actualOffset != nextWriteOffset) |
---|
| 3436 | { |
---|
| 3437 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", |
---|
| 3438 | recordInFile*ctrlfileRecordSize, fileNameP); |
---|
| 3439 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3440 | } |
---|
| 3441 | |
---|
| 3442 | bytesWritten = write(fileHandle, backupCtrlP, ctrlfileRecordSize); |
---|
| 3443 | if (bytesWritten != ctrlfileRecordSize) |
---|
| 3444 | { |
---|
| 3445 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing file %s\n", fileNameP); |
---|
| 3446 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3447 | } |
---|
| 3448 | |
---|
| 3449 | rc = close(fileHandle); |
---|
| 3450 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3451 | { |
---|
| 3452 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot close file descriptor fileHandle = %d\n", |
---|
| 3453 | fileHandle); |
---|
| 3454 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3455 | } |
---|
| 3456 | |
---|
| 3457 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 3458 | |
---|
| 3459 | return(rc); |
---|
| 3460 | |
---|
| 3461 | } /*------ end of createBackupCtrlFile() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 3462 | |
---|
| 3463 | |
---|
| 3464 | /* |
---|
| 3465 | * NAME: doInodeScan() |
---|
| 3466 | * |
---|
| 3467 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 3468 | * Do an inodescan on a snapshot of a GPFS filesystem, |
---|
| 3469 | * and store the results as follows: |
---|
| 3470 | * a) Create a bit array where an index in the array indicates |
---|
| 3471 | * the inode number and the value whether or not the inode needs |
---|
| 3472 | * to be operated on (a value of 1 indicates a yes answer). |
---|
| 3473 | * b) Capture in a temporary filesizes file, one line per inode, |
---|
| 3474 | * indicating the inode number and the size of its file. |
---|
| 3475 | * c) Determine the total number of inodes used by the filesystem, |
---|
| 3476 | * the maximum inode number used, and the aggregate size of all the |
---|
| 3477 | * files of the filesystem needing to be operated on. |
---|
| 3478 | * |
---|
| 3479 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 3480 | * fsName - (IN) pointer to the filesystem name for which to |
---|
| 3481 | * do an inodescan |
---|
| 3482 | * inodeBitsArrayP - (OUT) pointer to the bit map array created |
---|
| 3483 | * backupControlHdrP - (IN) pointer to the gpfs_backup_control_t created |
---|
| 3484 | * structure; the header info in this structure |
---|
| 3485 | * contains the information in (c) above |
---|
| 3486 | * |
---|
| 3487 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 3488 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 3489 | * |
---|
| 3490 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 3491 | */ |
---|
| 3492 | int doInodeScan(char *fsName, |
---|
| 3493 | inodeBitsArray *inodeBitsArrayP, |
---|
| 3494 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHdrP) |
---|
| 3495 | { |
---|
| 3496 | gpfs_iscan_t *backupIscan; |
---|
| 3497 | gpfs_ino_t lastInodeNum = 0; |
---|
| 3498 | gpfs_ino_t maxInodeNum; |
---|
| 3499 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
| 3500 | gpfs_fssnap_id_t backup_snapID; |
---|
| 3501 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 3502 | Int32 bytesWritten; |
---|
| 3503 | inodeBitsArray InodeP; |
---|
| 3504 | const gpfs_iattr_t *iattrP; |
---|
| 3505 | backup_filesizes_t inodeSize; |
---|
| 3506 | char inode_num[MAX_INT32_CHARS]; |
---|
| 3507 | char inode_size[MAX_INT64_CHARS]; |
---|
| 3508 | char* fn = "doInodeScan"; |
---|
| 3509 | |
---|
| 3510 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 3511 | |
---|
| 3512 | backupCtrlP = backupControlHdrP; |
---|
| 3513 | |
---|
| 3514 | /* Create a bit map array for a GPFS filesystem |
---|
| 3515 | and initialize it to zero bits. */ |
---|
| 3516 | rc = Bitmap(MAX_INODES, zeroBit, &InodeP); |
---|
| 3517 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3518 | { |
---|
| 3519 | fprintf(stderr, "Bitmap error rc = %x\n", rc); |
---|
| 3520 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3521 | } |
---|
| 3522 | |
---|
| 3523 | /* Create the filesizes file. */ |
---|
| 3524 | filesizesHandle = open(filesizesFile, |
---|
| 3525 | O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_RDWR | O_TRUNC, 0600); |
---|
| 3526 | if (filesizesHandle == -1) |
---|
| 3527 | { |
---|
| 3528 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open temp file %s\n", filesizesFile); |
---|
| 3529 | free(InodeP); |
---|
| 3530 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3531 | } |
---|
| 3532 | |
---|
| 3533 | /* initializations */ |
---|
| 3534 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.inodesTotal = 0; |
---|
| 3535 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.totalSizeOfFiles = 0; |
---|
| 3536 | |
---|
| 3537 | /* Get the snapshot handle for this filesystem. */ |
---|
| 3538 | fsSnapHandleP = gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_path(fsName); |
---|
| 3539 | if (fsSnapHandleP == NULL) |
---|
| 3540 | { |
---|
| 3541 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 3542 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_path(%s): %s\n", |
---|
| 3543 | "doInodeScan", fsName, strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3544 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3545 | } |
---|
| 3546 | |
---|
| 3547 | /* Open the inode scan for this filesystem. Passing a NULL for the |
---|
| 3548 | 2nd parameter (previous snapshot id) causes gpfs_open_inodescan() |
---|
| 3549 | to return the inodes for all the files in the filesystem. */ |
---|
| 3550 | backupIscan = gpfs_open_inodescan(fsSnapHandleP, NULL, &maxInodeNum); |
---|
| 3551 | |
---|
| 3552 | /* If gpfs_open_inodescan() failed, issue an error and quit. */ |
---|
| 3553 | if (backupIscan == NULL) |
---|
| 3554 | { |
---|
| 3555 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 3556 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_open_inodescan() for snapshot %s failed: %s\n", |
---|
| 3557 | "doInodeScan", fsName, strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3558 | free(InodeP); |
---|
| 3559 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3560 | } |
---|
| 3561 | |
---|
| 3562 | /* Get the snapshot id and save it in the backup control file. */ |
---|
| 3563 | rc = gpfs_get_fssnapid_from_fssnaphandle(fsSnapHandleP, &backup_snapID); |
---|
| 3564 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3565 | { |
---|
| 3566 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 3567 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 3568 | "%s: gpfs_get_fssnapid_from_fssnaphandle(fsSnapHandleP, &snapID): %s\n", |
---|
| 3569 | "doInodeScan", strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3570 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3571 | } |
---|
| 3572 | memcpy((void *) &(backupCtrlP->backupHdr.snapshotId), |
---|
| 3573 | (const void *) &backup_snapID, sizeof(gpfs_fssnap_id_t)); |
---|
| 3574 | |
---|
| 3575 | /* Use the backup/restore by inode API to do an inode scan |
---|
| 3576 | and get the list of inodes into the bit array. |
---|
| 3577 | Loop doing gpfs_next_inode() which returns gpfs_iattr_t |
---|
| 3578 | and put the inode numbers into the allocated array. */ |
---|
| 3579 | |
---|
| 3580 | /* Repeated calls to gpfs_next_inode() return inode information |
---|
| 3581 | about all existing files and directories in inode number order. */ |
---|
| 3582 | while (1) |
---|
| 3583 | { |
---|
| 3584 | rc = gpfs_next_inode(backupIscan, maxInodeNum, &iattrP); |
---|
| 3585 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3586 | { |
---|
| 3587 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 3588 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_next_inode(%s,%d): %s\n", |
---|
| 3589 | "doInodeScan", fsName, lastInodeNum, strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3590 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3591 | } |
---|
| 3592 | |
---|
| 3593 | /* Exit the loop if a null pointer, the indication for the end |
---|
| 3594 | of the inode scan, is encountered. */ |
---|
| 3595 | if (iattrP == NULL) { |
---|
| 3596 | break; |
---|
| 3597 | } |
---|
| 3598 | |
---|
| 3599 | /* Save the inode number. */ |
---|
| 3600 | lastInodeNum = iattrP->ia_inode; |
---|
| 3601 | |
---|
| 3602 | /* Set the bit in the bit array. */ |
---|
| 3603 | rc = setToOne(InodeP, (UInt32) iattrP->ia_inode, NULL); |
---|
| 3604 | assert(rc == 0); |
---|
| 3605 | |
---|
| 3606 | /* Construct a record for the backup filesizes file and |
---|
| 3607 | append it to the file. Note the use of sprintf and memcpy |
---|
| 3608 | instead of sprintf alone to avoid copying the null at |
---|
| 3609 | the end of a string into the record. This is done because |
---|
| 3610 | sort() has trouble handling such embedded nulls. */ |
---|
| 3611 | memset((void *) &inodeSize, ' ', sizeof(backup_filesizes_t)); |
---|
| 3612 | |
---|
| 3613 | sprintf(inode_num, "%d", iattrP->ia_inode); |
---|
| 3614 | memcpy((void *) &inodeSize.inodenum, (const void *) &inode_num, |
---|
| 3615 | strlen(inode_num)); |
---|
| 3616 | |
---|
| 3617 | sprintf(inode_size, "%lld", iattrP->ia_size); |
---|
| 3618 | memcpy((void *) &inodeSize.filesize, (const void *) &inode_size, |
---|
| 3619 | strlen(inode_size)); |
---|
| 3620 | inodeSize.newline_char = '\n'; |
---|
| 3621 | |
---|
| 3622 | bytesWritten = write(filesizesHandle, &inodeSize, |
---|
| 3623 | sizeof(backup_filesizes_t)); |
---|
| 3624 | if (bytesWritten != sizeof(backup_filesizes_t)) |
---|
| 3625 | { |
---|
| 3626 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to filesizes file\n"); |
---|
| 3627 | free(InodeP); |
---|
| 3628 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3629 | } |
---|
| 3630 | |
---|
| 3631 | /* Update pertinent fields in the backup header. */ |
---|
| 3632 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.totalSizeOfFiles += (UInt32) iattrP->ia_size; |
---|
| 3633 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.inodeMax = (UInt32) iattrP->ia_inode; |
---|
| 3634 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.inodesTotal++; |
---|
| 3635 | |
---|
| 3636 | } // end while (1) |
---|
| 3637 | |
---|
| 3638 | rc = close(filesizesHandle); |
---|
| 3639 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3640 | { |
---|
| 3641 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in closing the filesizes file\n"); |
---|
| 3642 | free(InodeP); |
---|
| 3643 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3644 | } |
---|
| 3645 | |
---|
| 3646 | /* Close the inode scan. */ |
---|
| 3647 | gpfs_close_inodescan(backupIscan); |
---|
| 3648 | |
---|
| 3649 | /* Free the snapshot handle. */ |
---|
| 3650 | gpfs_free_fssnaphandle(fsSnapHandleP); |
---|
| 3651 | |
---|
| 3652 | /* Set the bit array pointer being passed back. */ |
---|
| 3653 | *inodeBitsArrayP = InodeP; |
---|
| 3654 | |
---|
| 3655 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 3656 | |
---|
| 3657 | return(rc); |
---|
| 3658 | |
---|
| 3659 | } /*------ end of doInodeScan() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 3660 | |
---|
| 3661 | |
---|
| 3662 | /* |
---|
| 3663 | * NAME: doIncrInodeScan() |
---|
| 3664 | * |
---|
| 3665 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 3666 | * Do an inodescan on a snapshot of a GPFS filesystem, |
---|
| 3667 | * and capture the results as follows: |
---|
| 3668 | * a) Create a bit array where an index in the array indicates the |
---|
| 3669 | * inode number and the value indicates whether or not the inode is |
---|
| 3670 | * for a file that is new or has changed since the previous snapshot |
---|
| 3671 | * b) Determine the total number of inodes used by the filesystem, |
---|
| 3672 | * and the maximum inode number used. |
---|
| 3673 | * |
---|
| 3674 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 3675 | * fsName - (IN) pointer to the filesystem name for which to |
---|
| 3676 | * do an inodescan |
---|
| 3677 | * prevSnapIdP - (IN) pointer to the snapshot ID of a previous snapshot |
---|
| 3678 | * inodeBitsArray2P - (OUT) pointer to the bit map array created |
---|
| 3679 | * backupControlHdrP - (IN) pointer to the gpfs_backup_control_t created |
---|
| 3680 | * structure; the header info in this structure |
---|
| 3681 | * contains the information in (b) above |
---|
| 3682 | * |
---|
| 3683 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 3684 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 3685 | * |
---|
| 3686 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 3687 | */ |
---|
| 3688 | int doIncrInodeScan(char *fsName, |
---|
| 3689 | gpfs_fssnap_id_t *prevSnapIdP, |
---|
| 3690 | inodeBitsArray *inodeBitsArray2P, |
---|
| 3691 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHdrP) |
---|
| 3692 | { |
---|
| 3693 | gpfs_iscan_t *backupIscan2; |
---|
| 3694 | gpfs_ino_t lastInodeNum = 0; |
---|
| 3695 | gpfs_ino_t maxInodeNum; |
---|
| 3696 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
| 3697 | gpfs_fssnap_id_t backup_snapID; |
---|
| 3698 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 3699 | Int32 bytesWritten; |
---|
| 3700 | inodeBitsArray inode2P; |
---|
| 3701 | const gpfs_iattr_t *iattrP; |
---|
| 3702 | char inode_num[MAX_INT32_CHARS]; |
---|
| 3703 | char inode_size[MAX_INT64_CHARS]; |
---|
| 3704 | char* fn = "doIncrInodeScan"; |
---|
| 3705 | |
---|
| 3706 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 3707 | |
---|
| 3708 | /* Create a bit map array for a GPFS filesystem |
---|
| 3709 | and initialize it to zero bits. */ |
---|
| 3710 | rc = Bitmap(MAX_INODES, zeroBit, &inode2P); |
---|
| 3711 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3712 | { |
---|
| 3713 | fprintf(stderr, "Bitmap error rc = %x\n", rc); |
---|
| 3714 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3715 | } |
---|
| 3716 | |
---|
| 3717 | /* Get the snapshot handle for this filesystem. */ |
---|
| 3718 | fsSnapHandleP = gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_path(fsName); |
---|
| 3719 | if (fsSnapHandleP == NULL) |
---|
| 3720 | { |
---|
| 3721 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 3722 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_path(%s): %s\n", |
---|
| 3723 | "doIncrInodeScan", fsName, strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3724 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3725 | } |
---|
| 3726 | |
---|
| 3727 | /* Open an incremental inode scan for this filesystem. |
---|
| 3728 | Passing the id of the previous snapshot causes gpfs_open_inodescan() |
---|
| 3729 | to only return the inodes for files that have been added or changed |
---|
| 3730 | since the previous snapshot, plus those that existed in the previous |
---|
| 3731 | snapshot but no longer exist now (i.e., those for files which were |
---|
| 3732 | deleted from the filesystem since the previous snapshot). */ |
---|
| 3733 | backupIscan2 = gpfs_open_inodescan(fsSnapHandleP, prevSnapIdP, &maxInodeNum); |
---|
| 3734 | |
---|
| 3735 | /* If gpfs_open_inodescan() failed, issue an error and quit. */ |
---|
| 3736 | if (backupIscan2 == NULL) |
---|
| 3737 | { |
---|
| 3738 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 3739 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_open_inodescan() for snapshot %s failed: %s\n", |
---|
| 3740 | "doIncrInodeScan", fsName, strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3741 | free(inode2P); |
---|
| 3742 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3743 | } |
---|
| 3744 | |
---|
| 3745 | /* Use the backup/restore by inode API to do an inode scan |
---|
| 3746 | and get the list of inodes into the bit array. |
---|
| 3747 | Loop doing gpfs_next_inode() which returns gpfs_iattr_t |
---|
| 3748 | and put the inode numbers into the allocated array. */ |
---|
| 3749 | |
---|
| 3750 | /* Repeated calls to gpfs_next_inode() return inode information |
---|
| 3751 | about all existing files and directories in inode number order. */ |
---|
| 3752 | while (1) |
---|
| 3753 | { |
---|
| 3754 | rc = gpfs_next_inode(backupIscan2, maxInodeNum, &iattrP); |
---|
| 3755 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3756 | { |
---|
| 3757 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 3758 | fprintf(stderr, "%s: gpfs_next_inode(%s,%d): %s\n", |
---|
| 3759 | "doIncrInodeScan", fsName, lastInodeNum, strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3760 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 3761 | } |
---|
| 3762 | |
---|
| 3763 | /* Exit the loop if a null pointer, the indication |
---|
| 3764 | for the end of the inode scan, is encountered. */ |
---|
| 3765 | if (iattrP == NULL) { |
---|
| 3766 | break; |
---|
| 3767 | } |
---|
| 3768 | |
---|
| 3769 | /* Save the inode number. */ |
---|
| 3770 | lastInodeNum = iattrP->ia_inode; |
---|
| 3771 | |
---|
| 3772 | /* If this inode for a file that is still present, flag it. |
---|
| 3773 | (We don't flag inodes for deleted files.) */ |
---|
| 3774 | if (iattrP->ia_nlink != 0) |
---|
| 3775 | { |
---|
| 3776 | rc = setToOne(inode2P, (UInt32) iattrP->ia_inode, NULL); |
---|
| 3777 | assert(rc == 0); |
---|
| 3778 | } |
---|
| 3779 | } // end while (1) |
---|
| 3780 | |
---|
| 3781 | /* Close the inode scan. */ |
---|
| 3782 | gpfs_close_inodescan(backupIscan2); |
---|
| 3783 | |
---|
| 3784 | /* Free the snapshot handle. */ |
---|
| 3785 | gpfs_free_fssnaphandle(fsSnapHandleP); |
---|
| 3786 | |
---|
| 3787 | /* Set the bit array pointers being passed back. */ |
---|
| 3788 | *inodeBitsArray2P = inode2P; |
---|
| 3789 | |
---|
| 3790 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 3791 | |
---|
| 3792 | return(rc); |
---|
| 3793 | |
---|
| 3794 | } /*------ end of doIncrInodeScan() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 3795 | |
---|
| 3796 | |
---|
| 3797 | /* |
---|
| 3798 | * NAME: EnqueueWork() |
---|
| 3799 | * |
---|
| 3800 | * Add an element to the work queue and signal any thread waiting for work. |
---|
| 3801 | */ |
---|
| 3802 | int EnqueueWork(const char *pathP, const char *dirP, ino_t inode) |
---|
| 3803 | { |
---|
| 3804 | int rc; |
---|
| 3805 | int pathLen = strlen(pathP); |
---|
| 3806 | QueueElement *qP = NULL; |
---|
| 3807 | |
---|
| 3808 | /* Allocate a work queue element and space for the path. */ |
---|
| 3809 | qP = (QueueElement *) malloc((sizeof(*qP) - sizeof(qP->path)) |
---|
| 3810 | + pathLen + strlen(dirP) + 2); |
---|
| 3811 | if (qP == NULL) |
---|
| 3812 | { |
---|
| 3813 | fprintf(stderr, "Out of memory.\n"); |
---|
| 3814 | return(ENOMEM); |
---|
| 3815 | } |
---|
| 3816 | |
---|
| 3817 | /* Initialize element. */ |
---|
| 3818 | qP->ino = inode; |
---|
| 3819 | if (pathLen > 0) { |
---|
| 3820 | snprintf(qP->path, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", pathP, dirP); |
---|
| 3821 | } else { |
---|
| 3822 | strcpy(qP->path, dirP); |
---|
| 3823 | } |
---|
| 3824 | |
---|
| 3825 | /* Acquire mutex protecting the work queue. */ |
---|
| 3826 | rc = pthread_mutex_lock(&QueueMutex); |
---|
| 3827 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3828 | { |
---|
| 3829 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_mutex_lock: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3830 | return rc; |
---|
| 3831 | } |
---|
| 3832 | |
---|
| 3833 | /* Add work element to the list. */ |
---|
| 3834 | qP->nextP = WorkQueueP; |
---|
| 3835 | WorkQueueP = qP; |
---|
| 3836 | |
---|
| 3837 | /* Signal a waiting worker thread. */ |
---|
| 3838 | if (NWorkersWaiting > 0) |
---|
| 3839 | { |
---|
| 3840 | NWorkersWaiting -= 1; |
---|
| 3841 | rc = pthread_cond_signal(&QueueCond); |
---|
| 3842 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3843 | { |
---|
| 3844 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_cond_signal: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3845 | return rc; |
---|
| 3846 | } |
---|
| 3847 | } |
---|
| 3848 | |
---|
| 3849 | /* Release mutex before returning. */ |
---|
| 3850 | rc = pthread_mutex_unlock(&QueueMutex); |
---|
| 3851 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3852 | { |
---|
| 3853 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_mutex_unlock: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3854 | return rc; |
---|
| 3855 | } |
---|
| 3856 | |
---|
| 3857 | /* Success! */ |
---|
| 3858 | return 0; |
---|
| 3859 | |
---|
| 3860 | } /*------ end of EnqueueWork() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 3861 | |
---|
| 3862 | |
---|
| 3863 | /* |
---|
| 3864 | * NAME: DequeueWork() |
---|
| 3865 | * |
---|
| 3866 | * Dequeue the next work element from the queue, or if the queue |
---|
| 3867 | * is empty, wait for more work to become available. |
---|
| 3868 | * |
---|
| 3869 | */ |
---|
| 3870 | QueueElement *DequeueWork(void) |
---|
| 3871 | { |
---|
| 3872 | int rc; |
---|
| 3873 | QueueElement *qP; |
---|
| 3874 | |
---|
| 3875 | /* Acquire mutex protecting the work queue. */ |
---|
| 3876 | rc = pthread_mutex_lock(&QueueMutex); |
---|
| 3877 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3878 | { |
---|
| 3879 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_mutex_lock: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3880 | return NULL; |
---|
| 3881 | } |
---|
| 3882 | |
---|
| 3883 | /* one less thread working */ |
---|
| 3884 | NWorkersRunning -= 1; |
---|
| 3885 | |
---|
| 3886 | /* Loop waiting for work to become available. */ |
---|
| 3887 | while ((WorkQueueP == NULL) && (NWorkersRunning > 0)) |
---|
| 3888 | { |
---|
| 3889 | NWorkersWaiting += 1; /* one more thread waiting */ |
---|
| 3890 | rc = pthread_cond_wait(&QueueCond, &QueueMutex); |
---|
| 3891 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3892 | { |
---|
| 3893 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_cond_wait: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3894 | return NULL; |
---|
| 3895 | } |
---|
| 3896 | } |
---|
| 3897 | |
---|
| 3898 | /* Check whether we are done. */ |
---|
| 3899 | if (WorkQueueP == NULL) |
---|
| 3900 | { |
---|
| 3901 | qP = NULL; /* Nothing more to do. */ |
---|
| 3902 | |
---|
| 3903 | /* signal any waiting threads */ |
---|
| 3904 | if (NWorkersWaiting > 0) |
---|
| 3905 | { |
---|
| 3906 | NWorkersWaiting = 0; |
---|
| 3907 | rc = pthread_cond_broadcast(&QueueCond); |
---|
| 3908 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3909 | { |
---|
| 3910 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_cond_broadcast: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3911 | } |
---|
| 3912 | } |
---|
| 3913 | } |
---|
| 3914 | else |
---|
| 3915 | { |
---|
| 3916 | /* Remove the first element from the queue. */ |
---|
| 3917 | qP = WorkQueueP; |
---|
| 3918 | WorkQueueP = qP->nextP; |
---|
| 3919 | qP->nextP = NULL; |
---|
| 3920 | |
---|
| 3921 | /* one more thread working */ |
---|
| 3922 | NWorkersRunning += 1; |
---|
| 3923 | } |
---|
| 3924 | |
---|
| 3925 | /* Release mutex before returning. */ |
---|
| 3926 | rc = pthread_mutex_unlock(&QueueMutex); |
---|
| 3927 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 3928 | { |
---|
| 3929 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_mutex_unlock: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3930 | return NULL; |
---|
| 3931 | } |
---|
| 3932 | |
---|
| 3933 | return qP; |
---|
| 3934 | |
---|
| 3935 | } /*------ end of DequeueWork() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 3936 | |
---|
| 3937 | |
---|
| 3938 | /* Main body for each thread. |
---|
| 3939 | Loop until there is no more work to do. */ |
---|
| 3940 | void* ThreadBody(void *parmP) |
---|
| 3941 | { |
---|
| 3942 | int rc; |
---|
| 3943 | QueueElement *qP; |
---|
| 3944 | |
---|
| 3945 | /* Count this thread as a worker thread. */ |
---|
| 3946 | NWorkersRunning += 1; |
---|
| 3947 | |
---|
| 3948 | /* Loop while there is work to do. */ |
---|
| 3949 | do |
---|
| 3950 | { |
---|
| 3951 | /* Wait for work. */ |
---|
| 3952 | qP = DequeueWork(); |
---|
| 3953 | if (qP == NULL) |
---|
| 3954 | break; |
---|
| 3955 | |
---|
| 3956 | /* Read this directory. */ |
---|
| 3957 | rc = read_dir(qP->path, qP->ino); |
---|
| 3958 | |
---|
| 3959 | /* Free the work queue element. */ |
---|
| 3960 | free(qP); |
---|
| 3961 | |
---|
| 3962 | } while (rc == 0); |
---|
| 3963 | |
---|
| 3964 | return 0; |
---|
| 3965 | |
---|
| 3966 | } /*------ end of ThreadBody() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 3967 | |
---|
| 3968 | |
---|
| 3969 | /* |
---|
| 3970 | * NAME: read_dir() |
---|
| 3971 | * |
---|
| 3972 | * Read all entries from the current directory. |
---|
| 3973 | * |
---|
| 3974 | */ |
---|
| 3975 | int read_dir(const char *pathP, ino_t inode) |
---|
| 3976 | { |
---|
| 3977 | char fileName[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 3978 | const gpfs_direntx_t *direntxP; |
---|
| 3979 | gpfs_fssnap_handle_t *fsP = NULL; |
---|
| 3980 | gpfs_ifile_t *dirxP = NULL; |
---|
| 3981 | int rc = 0; |
---|
| 3982 | |
---|
| 3983 | /* Get the handle for the snapshot. */ |
---|
| 3984 | fsP = gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_path(RootFsDirP); |
---|
| 3985 | if (fsP == NULL) |
---|
| 3986 | { |
---|
| 3987 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 3988 | fprintf(stderr, "gpfs_get_fssnaphandle_by_path(%s/%s): %s\n", |
---|
| 3989 | RootFsDirP, pathP, strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3990 | goto exit; |
---|
| 3991 | } |
---|
| 3992 | |
---|
| 3993 | /* Open the directory's file. */ |
---|
| 3994 | dirxP = gpfs_iopen(fsP, inode, O_RDONLY, NULL, NULL); |
---|
| 3995 | if (dirxP == NULL) |
---|
| 3996 | { |
---|
| 3997 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 3998 | fprintf(stderr, "gpfs_iopen(%s/%s): %s\n", RootFsDirP, pathP, strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 3999 | goto exit; |
---|
| 4000 | } |
---|
| 4001 | |
---|
| 4002 | /* Loop reading the directory entries. */ |
---|
| 4003 | while (1) |
---|
| 4004 | { |
---|
| 4005 | rc = gpfs_ireaddir(dirxP, &direntxP); |
---|
| 4006 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 4007 | { |
---|
| 4008 | int saveerrno = errno; |
---|
| 4009 | fprintf(stderr, "gpfs_ireaddir(%s/%s): rc %d %s\n", |
---|
| 4010 | RootFsDirP, pathP, rc, strerror(saveerrno)); |
---|
| 4011 | rc = saveerrno; |
---|
| 4012 | goto exit; |
---|
| 4013 | } |
---|
| 4014 | if (direntxP == NULL) { |
---|
| 4015 | break; |
---|
| 4016 | } |
---|
| 4017 | |
---|
| 4018 | /* Check whether this entry is for a directory. */ |
---|
| 4019 | if (direntxP->d_type == GPFS_DE_DIR) |
---|
| 4020 | { |
---|
| 4021 | if (strcmp(direntxP->d_name, "..") != 0) /* skip parent directory */ |
---|
| 4022 | { |
---|
| 4023 | if ((strcmp(direntxP->d_name, ".") == 0)) /* handle self directory */ |
---|
| 4024 | { |
---|
| 4025 | /* The entry is for the directory itself. |
---|
| 4026 | Check the bit map array entry to determine |
---|
| 4027 | whether the inode must be backed up. */ |
---|
| 4028 | if (testBit(inodeBitsP, (UInt32) direntxP->d_ino) != 0) |
---|
| 4029 | { |
---|
| 4030 | /* Is the directory name too long? */ |
---|
| 4031 | if (strlen(pathP)+2 > sizeof(fileName)) |
---|
| 4032 | { |
---|
| 4033 | fprintf(stderr, "read_dir: name %s too long\n", pathP); |
---|
| 4034 | } |
---|
| 4035 | else |
---|
| 4036 | { |
---|
| 4037 | /* Call routine to write a record for this inode |
---|
| 4038 | to the shadow file. */ |
---|
| 4039 | writeToShadowFile(pathP, direntxP->d_ino, 'Y'); |
---|
| 4040 | } |
---|
| 4041 | } |
---|
| 4042 | } |
---|
| 4043 | else /* handle sub-directory */ |
---|
| 4044 | { |
---|
| 4045 | /* Add this sub-directory to the work queue. */ |
---|
| 4046 | rc = EnqueueWork(pathP, direntxP->d_name, direntxP->d_ino); |
---|
| 4047 | if (rc != 0) { |
---|
| 4048 | break; |
---|
| 4049 | } |
---|
| 4050 | } |
---|
| 4051 | } |
---|
| 4052 | } |
---|
| 4053 | else /* The entry is for a file. */ |
---|
| 4054 | { |
---|
| 4055 | /* Check the bit map array entry to determine |
---|
| 4056 | whether the inode must be backed up. */ |
---|
| 4057 | if (testBit(inodeBitsP, (UInt32) direntxP->d_ino) != 0) |
---|
| 4058 | { |
---|
| 4059 | snprintf(fileName, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", pathP, direntxP->d_name); |
---|
| 4060 | if (strlen(fileName)+2 > sizeof(fileName)) |
---|
| 4061 | { |
---|
| 4062 | fprintf(stderr, "dirInodeWalk: name %s too long\n", fileName); |
---|
| 4063 | } |
---|
| 4064 | else |
---|
| 4065 | { |
---|
| 4066 | /* Write a record for this inode to the shadow file. */ |
---|
| 4067 | writeToShadowFile(fileName, direntxP->d_ino, 'N'); |
---|
| 4068 | } |
---|
| 4069 | } |
---|
| 4070 | } |
---|
| 4071 | } |
---|
| 4072 | |
---|
| 4073 | exit: |
---|
| 4074 | /* Close the open file, if necessary. */ |
---|
| 4075 | if (dirxP) { |
---|
| 4076 | gpfs_iclose(dirxP); |
---|
| 4077 | } |
---|
| 4078 | |
---|
| 4079 | /* Free the snapshot handle. */ |
---|
| 4080 | if (fsP) { |
---|
| 4081 | gpfs_free_fssnaphandle(fsP); |
---|
| 4082 | } |
---|
| 4083 | |
---|
| 4084 | return rc; |
---|
| 4085 | |
---|
| 4086 | } /*------ end of read_dir() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 4087 | |
---|
| 4088 | |
---|
| 4089 | /* |
---|
| 4090 | * NAME: writeToShadowFile() |
---|
| 4091 | * |
---|
| 4092 | * Create a record for the shadow file using the passed parameters, |
---|
| 4093 | * obtain the mutex lock for the shadow file, write the record |
---|
| 4094 | * to the file, and release the mutex lock. |
---|
| 4095 | * |
---|
| 4096 | * Care is taken to not introduce nulls into the shadow record. |
---|
| 4097 | * This is done by using sprintf/memcpy instead of sprintf alone. |
---|
| 4098 | */ |
---|
| 4099 | int writeToShadowFile(const char *pathP, ino_t inode, const char inodeFlag) |
---|
| 4100 | { |
---|
| 4101 | char name[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 4102 | char filenameLength[MAX_INT32_CHARS]; |
---|
| 4103 | Int32 nameLength; |
---|
| 4104 | char inode_num[MAX_INT32_CHARS]; |
---|
| 4105 | backup_shadow_record_t shadowRecord; |
---|
| 4106 | Int32 bytesWritten; |
---|
| 4107 | int rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 4108 | |
---|
| 4109 | /* Build the record to be written to the shadow file. */ |
---|
| 4110 | |
---|
| 4111 | /* Set the shadow record to blanks. */ |
---|
| 4112 | memset((void *) &shadowRecord, ' ', sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t)); |
---|
| 4113 | |
---|
| 4114 | /* Copy the full path name into the transaction record. |
---|
| 4115 | The name is enclosed with quotes because Tivoli requires this |
---|
| 4116 | for filenames that contain an embedded blank. Rather than |
---|
| 4117 | check each filename, we simply always use quotes. */ |
---|
| 4118 | sprintf(name, "%s%s%s", "\"", pathP, "\""); |
---|
| 4119 | nameLength = strlen(name); |
---|
| 4120 | memcpy((void *) &shadowRecord.tr.filename, (const void *) &name, nameLength); |
---|
| 4121 | |
---|
| 4122 | /* Save the length of the filename for later use. This is done |
---|
| 4123 | to avoid putting null characters in the shadow file because |
---|
| 4124 | the sort command does not handle null characters well. */ |
---|
| 4125 | sprintf(filenameLength, "%d", nameLength); |
---|
| 4126 | memcpy((void *) &shadowRecord.tr.fnLength, |
---|
| 4127 | (const void *) &filenameLength, strlen(filenameLength)); |
---|
| 4128 | |
---|
| 4129 | /* Copy the inode number as a string to the shadow record. */ |
---|
| 4130 | sprintf(inode_num, "%d", inode); |
---|
| 4131 | memcpy((void *) &shadowRecord.inodenum, |
---|
| 4132 | (const void *) &inode_num, strlen(inode_num)); |
---|
| 4133 | |
---|
| 4134 | /* Set the directory flag and set the newline character. */ |
---|
| 4135 | shadowRecord.inodeDir = inodeFlag; |
---|
| 4136 | shadowRecord.newline_char = '\n'; |
---|
| 4137 | |
---|
| 4138 | /* Serialize the output with all the other threads. */ |
---|
| 4139 | rc = pthread_mutex_lock(&OutputMutex); |
---|
| 4140 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 4141 | { |
---|
| 4142 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_mutex_lock: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 4143 | goto exit; |
---|
| 4144 | } |
---|
| 4145 | |
---|
| 4146 | /* Write the shadow record to the file. */ |
---|
| 4147 | bytesWritten = write(shadowFileHandle[0], &shadowRecord, |
---|
| 4148 | sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t)); |
---|
| 4149 | |
---|
| 4150 | /* Increment the record count. */ |
---|
| 4151 | shadowFileNumberOfRecords[0]++; |
---|
| 4152 | |
---|
| 4153 | /* Release the lock. */ |
---|
| 4154 | rc = pthread_mutex_unlock(&OutputMutex); |
---|
| 4155 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 4156 | { |
---|
| 4157 | fprintf(stderr, "Error in pthread_mutex_unlock: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 4158 | goto exit; |
---|
| 4159 | } |
---|
| 4160 | |
---|
| 4161 | /* Issue an error if the write failed. */ |
---|
| 4162 | // BCH - should we assert or exit with a failure? |
---|
| 4163 | if (bytesWritten != sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t)) |
---|
| 4164 | { |
---|
| 4165 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to %d; wrote %d bytes, not %d\n", |
---|
| 4166 | shadowFileHandle[0], bytesWritten, |
---|
| 4167 | sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t)); |
---|
| 4168 | } |
---|
| 4169 | |
---|
| 4170 | exit: |
---|
| 4171 | return rc; |
---|
| 4172 | |
---|
| 4173 | } /*------ end of writeToShadowFile() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 4174 | |
---|
| 4175 | |
---|
| 4176 | /* |
---|
| 4177 | * NAME: dirInodeWalk() |
---|
| 4178 | * |
---|
| 4179 | * Thread-based inode directory walker. |
---|
| 4180 | */ |
---|
| 4181 | int dirInodeWalk(const char *pathname, inodeBitsArray bit_map) |
---|
| 4182 | { |
---|
| 4183 | char fsSnapshotDir[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 4184 | int i, rc, filearg; |
---|
| 4185 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 4186 | pthread_t pThread; |
---|
| 4187 | |
---|
| 4188 | /* Set the root filesystem directory pointer. */ |
---|
| 4189 | RootFsDirP = (char *) pathname; |
---|
| 4190 | |
---|
| 4191 | /* Initialize pthread variables. */ |
---|
| 4192 | rc = pthread_mutex_init(&QueueMutex, NULL); |
---|
| 4193 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 4194 | { |
---|
| 4195 | fprintf(stderr, "Error from pthread_mutex_init: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 4196 | exit(rc); |
---|
| 4197 | } |
---|
| 4198 | rc = pthread_cond_init(&QueueCond, NULL); |
---|
| 4199 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 4200 | { |
---|
| 4201 | fprintf(stderr, "Error from pthread_cond_init: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 4202 | exit(rc); |
---|
| 4203 | } |
---|
| 4204 | rc = pthread_mutex_init(&OutputMutex, NULL); |
---|
| 4205 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 4206 | { |
---|
| 4207 | fprintf(stderr, "Error from pthread_mutex_init: %s\n", strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 4208 | exit(rc); |
---|
| 4209 | } |
---|
| 4210 | |
---|
| 4211 | /* Get the inode number of the root directory. */ |
---|
| 4212 | rc = stat(RootFsDirP, &statBuf); |
---|
| 4213 | if (rc) |
---|
| 4214 | { |
---|
| 4215 | rc = errno; |
---|
| 4216 | perror(RootFsDirP); |
---|
| 4217 | return rc; |
---|
| 4218 | } |
---|
| 4219 | |
---|
| 4220 | /* Verify that this is a directory; return if it is not. */ |
---|
| 4221 | if (!S_ISDIR(statBuf.st_mode)) |
---|
| 4222 | { |
---|
| 4223 | errno = ENOTDIR; |
---|
| 4224 | perror(RootFsDirP); |
---|
| 4225 | return ENOTDIR; |
---|
| 4226 | } |
---|
| 4227 | |
---|
| 4228 | /* Add the root directory to the work queue. */ |
---|
| 4229 | snprintf(fsSnapshotDir, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, snapshotSubdir); |
---|
| 4230 | rc = EnqueueWork(fsSnapshotDir, fsSnapshotName, statBuf.st_ino); |
---|
| 4231 | if (rc != 0) { |
---|
| 4232 | return rc; |
---|
| 4233 | } |
---|
| 4234 | |
---|
| 4235 | /* Start the requested number of threads. */ |
---|
| 4236 | for (i = 1; i < nThreads; i++) |
---|
| 4237 | { |
---|
| 4238 | rc = pthread_create(&pThread, NULL, ThreadBody, NULL); |
---|
| 4239 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 4240 | { |
---|
| 4241 | fprintf(stderr, "Error from pthread_create(%d): %s\n", i, strerror(rc)); |
---|
| 4242 | exit(rc); |
---|
| 4243 | } |
---|
| 4244 | } |
---|
| 4245 | |
---|
| 4246 | /* This thread can do work, too. */ |
---|
| 4247 | (void) ThreadBody(NULL); |
---|
| 4248 | |
---|
| 4249 | return rc; |
---|
| 4250 | |
---|
| 4251 | } /*------ end of dirInodeWalk() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 4252 | |
---|
| 4253 | |
---|
| 4254 | /* |
---|
| 4255 | * NAME: createSnapshotShadows() |
---|
| 4256 | * |
---|
| 4257 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 4258 | * Construct shadow files of a snapshot and store them at the |
---|
| 4259 | * mount point of the filesystem. |
---|
| 4260 | * |
---|
| 4261 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 4262 | * fsName: (IN) the name of the filesystem |
---|
| 4263 | * numberOfShadowFiles (IN) the number of files to be created |
---|
| 4264 | * bit_map (IN) points to a bit map array to be consulted |
---|
| 4265 | * |
---|
| 4266 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 4267 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 4268 | * |
---|
| 4269 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 4270 | */ |
---|
| 4271 | int createSnapshotShadows(char *fsName, |
---|
| 4272 | Int32 numberOfShadowFiles, |
---|
| 4273 | inodeBitsArray bit_map) |
---|
| 4274 | { |
---|
| 4275 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 4276 | Int32 i, handle; |
---|
| 4277 | Int32 numShadows; |
---|
| 4278 | Int32 numInodes; |
---|
| 4279 | char filenameP[18]; |
---|
| 4280 | char suffix[2]; |
---|
| 4281 | Int32 *shadow_files[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS]; |
---|
| 4282 | const gpfs_direntx_t *source = NULL; |
---|
| 4283 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 4284 | char* fn = "createSnapshotShadows"; |
---|
| 4285 | |
---|
| 4286 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 4287 | |
---|
| 4288 | numShadows = numberOfShadowFiles; |
---|
| 4289 | |
---|
| 4290 | /* Create shadow files. */ |
---|
| 4291 | for (i = 0; i < numShadows; i++) |
---|
| 4292 | { |
---|
| 4293 | /* Create file name. */ |
---|
| 4294 | memset(suffix, ' ', 2); |
---|
| 4295 | sprintf(suffix, "%d", i); |
---|
| 4296 | strcpy(filenameP, backupShadowName); |
---|
| 4297 | strcat(filenameP, (const char *) suffix); |
---|
| 4298 | snprintf(shadowFile[i], MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, filenameP); |
---|
| 4299 | |
---|
| 4300 | /* Create file in append mode. */ |
---|
| 4301 | handle = open(shadowFile[i], O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_RDWR | O_TRUNC, 0644); |
---|
| 4302 | if (handle == -1) |
---|
| 4303 | { |
---|
| 4304 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot create %s\n", filenameP); |
---|
| 4305 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4306 | } |
---|
| 4307 | else |
---|
| 4308 | { |
---|
| 4309 | shadowFileHandle[i] = handle; |
---|
| 4310 | } |
---|
| 4311 | } |
---|
| 4312 | |
---|
| 4313 | /* Stat the snapshot directory to get its inode_number. */ |
---|
| 4314 | if (stat(fsSnapshotPathname, &statBuf) == -1) |
---|
| 4315 | { |
---|
| 4316 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
| 4317 | fsSnapshotPathname, errno); |
---|
| 4318 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4319 | } |
---|
| 4320 | |
---|
| 4321 | /* Update the newly-created backup shadow files. */ |
---|
| 4322 | dirInodeWalk(fsSnapshotPathname, bit_map); |
---|
| 4323 | |
---|
| 4324 | /* Close the generated files. */ |
---|
| 4325 | for (i = 0; i < numShadows; i++) |
---|
| 4326 | { |
---|
| 4327 | rc = close(shadowFileHandle[i]); |
---|
| 4328 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
| 4329 | { |
---|
| 4330 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 4331 | "Cannot close file descriptor %d\n", shadowFileHandle[i]); |
---|
| 4332 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4333 | } |
---|
| 4334 | } |
---|
| 4335 | |
---|
| 4336 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 4337 | |
---|
| 4338 | return(rc); |
---|
| 4339 | |
---|
| 4340 | } /*------ end of createSnapshotShadows() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 4341 | |
---|
| 4342 | |
---|
| 4343 | /* |
---|
| 4344 | * NAME: sortShadowfilesByInode() |
---|
| 4345 | * |
---|
| 4346 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 4347 | * Sort the shadowFile[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS] files by inode number. |
---|
| 4348 | * |
---|
| 4349 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 4350 | * numShadows: (IN) the number of shadow files |
---|
| 4351 | * |
---|
| 4352 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 4353 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 4354 | * |
---|
| 4355 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 4356 | * The number of shadowFile files is MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS |
---|
| 4357 | * for the time being. This may change if needed. |
---|
| 4358 | */ |
---|
| 4359 | int sortShadowfilesByInode(Int32 numShadows) |
---|
| 4360 | { |
---|
| 4361 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 4362 | Int32 i; |
---|
| 4363 | char* fn = "sortShadowfilesByInode"; |
---|
| 4364 | |
---|
| 4365 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 4366 | |
---|
| 4367 | for (i = 0; i < numShadows; i++) |
---|
| 4368 | { |
---|
| 4369 | /* Issue a sort command that will perform a numeric sort using |
---|
| 4370 | the first field (the file's inode number) of each record. */ |
---|
| 4371 | #ifdef GPFS_AIX |
---|
| 4372 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/bin/sort -b -k 1,1n -o %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
| 4373 | shadowFile[i], shadowFile[i]); |
---|
| 4374 | #else |
---|
| 4375 | sprintf(sstring, "/bin/sort -b -k 1,1n -o %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
| 4376 | shadowFile[i], shadowFile[i]); |
---|
| 4377 | #endif |
---|
| 4378 | rc = system(sstring); |
---|
| 4379 | |
---|
| 4380 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
| 4381 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 4382 | { |
---|
| 4383 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned %d\n", sstring, rc); |
---|
| 4384 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4385 | } |
---|
| 4386 | } |
---|
| 4387 | |
---|
| 4388 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 4389 | |
---|
| 4390 | return(rc); |
---|
| 4391 | |
---|
| 4392 | } /*------ end of sortShadowfilesByInode() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 4393 | |
---|
| 4394 | |
---|
| 4395 | /* |
---|
| 4396 | * NAME: sortShadowfilesByFilename() |
---|
| 4397 | * |
---|
| 4398 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 4399 | * Sort the shadowFile[0] file into alphabetical order by filename |
---|
| 4400 | * and store the results in a single file, backupShadowFile. |
---|
| 4401 | * |
---|
| 4402 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 4403 | * |
---|
| 4404 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 4405 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 4406 | * |
---|
| 4407 | */ |
---|
| 4408 | int sortShadowfilesByFilename() |
---|
| 4409 | { |
---|
| 4410 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 4411 | Int32 i; |
---|
| 4412 | char* fn = "sortShadowfilesByFilename"; |
---|
| 4413 | |
---|
| 4414 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 4415 | |
---|
| 4416 | /* Issue a sort command that will perform an alphabetical sort |
---|
| 4417 | on the second field (the filename of each file). */ |
---|
| 4418 | #ifdef GPFS_AIX |
---|
| 4419 | sprintf(sstring, "/usr/bin/sort -b -k 2,2 -o %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
| 4420 | backupShadowFile, shadowFile[0]); |
---|
| 4421 | #else |
---|
| 4422 | sprintf(sstring, "/bin/sort -b -k 2,2 -o %s %s > /dev/null", |
---|
| 4423 | backupShadowFile, shadowFile[0]); |
---|
| 4424 | #endif |
---|
| 4425 | rc = system(sstring); |
---|
| 4426 | |
---|
| 4427 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
| 4428 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 4429 | { |
---|
| 4430 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned %d\n", sstring, rc); |
---|
| 4431 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4432 | } |
---|
| 4433 | |
---|
| 4434 | #ifdef DEBUG_BACKUP |
---|
| 4435 | /* Leave the shadow files so that they may get examined. */ |
---|
| 4436 | #else |
---|
| 4437 | /* Delete the shadowFile[0] file. */ |
---|
| 4438 | unlink(shadowFile[0]); |
---|
| 4439 | #endif /* DEBUG_BACKUP */ |
---|
| 4440 | |
---|
| 4441 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 4442 | |
---|
| 4443 | return(rc); |
---|
| 4444 | |
---|
| 4445 | } /*------ end of sortShadowfilesByFilename() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 4446 | |
---|
| 4447 | |
---|
| 4448 | /* |
---|
| 4449 | * NAME: updateShadowfilesFilesizes() |
---|
| 4450 | * |
---|
| 4451 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 4452 | * Update the size field in the shadowFile[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS] files |
---|
| 4453 | * from the pertinent information in the file sizes file. |
---|
| 4454 | * |
---|
| 4455 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 4456 | * numShadows: (IN) The number of shadow files |
---|
| 4457 | * |
---|
| 4458 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 4459 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 4460 | * |
---|
| 4461 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 4462 | * The number of shadowFile files is MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS for the |
---|
| 4463 | * time being. This may change if needed. |
---|
| 4464 | */ |
---|
| 4465 | int updateShadowfilesFilesizes(Int32 numShadows) |
---|
| 4466 | { |
---|
| 4467 | Int32 offset, inodeDelta, rc1, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 4468 | Int32 shadowRecordInode, filesizesRecordInode; |
---|
| 4469 | Int32 fileIndex, bytesRead, bytesWritten; |
---|
| 4470 | char* eq_p; |
---|
| 4471 | Int64 recordsLeft, recordInFilesizes, numberOfFilesizesRecords; |
---|
| 4472 | Int64 recordInShadowFile; |
---|
| 4473 | offset_t nextWriteOffset, nextReadOffset, actualOffset; |
---|
| 4474 | backup_shadow_record_t shadowRecord; |
---|
| 4475 | backup_filesizes_t filesizesRecord; |
---|
| 4476 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 4477 | Boolean readNewRecord = true; |
---|
| 4478 | size_t shadowRecordSize = sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t); |
---|
| 4479 | size_t filesizesRecordSize = sizeof(backup_filesizes_t); |
---|
| 4480 | char* fn = "updateShadowfilesFilesizes"; |
---|
| 4481 | |
---|
| 4482 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 4483 | |
---|
| 4484 | /* Open the filesizes file. */ |
---|
| 4485 | filesizesHandle = open(filesizesFile, O_RDONLY, 0664); |
---|
| 4486 | if (filesizesHandle == -1) |
---|
| 4487 | { |
---|
| 4488 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s\n", filesizesFile); |
---|
| 4489 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4490 | } |
---|
| 4491 | |
---|
| 4492 | /* Stat the filesizes file. */ |
---|
| 4493 | if (stat(filesizesFile, &statBuf) == -1) |
---|
| 4494 | { |
---|
| 4495 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
| 4496 | filesizesFile, errno); |
---|
| 4497 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4498 | } |
---|
| 4499 | |
---|
| 4500 | /* Determine the number of records in the filesizes file. */ |
---|
| 4501 | numberOfFilesizesRecords = statBuf.st_size / filesizesRecordSize; |
---|
| 4502 | |
---|
| 4503 | /* Point to the first record in the filesizes file. */ |
---|
| 4504 | recordInFilesizes = 0; |
---|
| 4505 | actualOffset = lseek(filesizesHandle, recordInFilesizes, SEEK_SET); |
---|
| 4506 | if (actualOffset != 0) |
---|
| 4507 | { |
---|
| 4508 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", |
---|
| 4509 | recordInFilesizes, filesizesFile); |
---|
| 4510 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4511 | } |
---|
| 4512 | |
---|
| 4513 | /* Open all the shadowFile[] files. */ |
---|
| 4514 | for (fileIndex = 0; fileIndex < numShadows; fileIndex++) |
---|
| 4515 | { |
---|
| 4516 | shadowFileHandle[fileIndex] = open(shadowFile[fileIndex], O_RDWR, 0664); |
---|
| 4517 | if (shadowFileHandle[fileIndex] == -1) |
---|
| 4518 | { |
---|
| 4519 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s\n", shadowFile[fileIndex]); |
---|
| 4520 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4521 | } |
---|
| 4522 | } |
---|
| 4523 | |
---|
| 4524 | /* Update the filesize field in the records of the backup shadow files. */ |
---|
| 4525 | for (fileIndex = 0; fileIndex < numShadows; fileIndex++) |
---|
| 4526 | { |
---|
| 4527 | recordInShadowFile = 0; |
---|
| 4528 | nextReadOffset = recordInShadowFile*shadowRecordSize; |
---|
| 4529 | |
---|
| 4530 | /* Position the file pointer for the current shadow file. */ |
---|
| 4531 | actualOffset = lseek(shadowFileHandle[fileIndex], |
---|
| 4532 | recordInShadowFile*shadowRecordSize, SEEK_SET); |
---|
| 4533 | if (actualOffset != nextReadOffset) |
---|
| 4534 | { |
---|
| 4535 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", |
---|
| 4536 | recordInShadowFile*shadowRecordSize, shadowFile[fileIndex]); |
---|
| 4537 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4538 | } |
---|
| 4539 | |
---|
| 4540 | nextWriteOffset = nextReadOffset; |
---|
| 4541 | recordsLeft = shadowFileNumberOfRecords[fileIndex]; |
---|
| 4542 | while (recordsLeft > 0) |
---|
| 4543 | { |
---|
| 4544 | /* Read the next record from the shadow file. */ |
---|
| 4545 | bytesRead = read(shadowFileHandle[fileIndex], &shadowRecord, |
---|
| 4546 | shadowRecordSize); |
---|
| 4547 | if (bytesRead != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
| 4548 | { |
---|
| 4549 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", shadowFile[fileIndex]); |
---|
| 4550 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4551 | } |
---|
| 4552 | |
---|
| 4553 | /* Calculate the next offset and the number of remaining records. */ |
---|
| 4554 | nextReadOffset += shadowRecordSize; |
---|
| 4555 | recordsLeft--; |
---|
| 4556 | |
---|
| 4557 | /* Search the filesizes file for the inode |
---|
| 4558 | that matches the shadow record's inode. */ |
---|
| 4559 | while (recordInFilesizes < numberOfFilesizesRecords) |
---|
| 4560 | { |
---|
| 4561 | /* If warranted, read a new record from the filesizes file. */ |
---|
| 4562 | if (readNewRecord) |
---|
| 4563 | { |
---|
| 4564 | bytesRead = read(filesizesHandle, |
---|
| 4565 | &filesizesRecord, filesizesRecordSize); |
---|
| 4566 | if (bytesRead != filesizesRecordSize) |
---|
| 4567 | { |
---|
| 4568 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading from file descriptor %d\n", |
---|
| 4569 | filesizesHandle); |
---|
| 4570 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4571 | } |
---|
| 4572 | } |
---|
| 4573 | |
---|
| 4574 | #if 0 |
---|
| 4575 | // Historical note: |
---|
| 4576 | // We were failing the test below in the incremental case |
---|
| 4577 | // because there are more records in the filesizes file than in |
---|
| 4578 | // the shadow file - the extra records were the unchanged files, |
---|
| 4579 | // and these had a filesize of 0. What should be done? |
---|
| 4580 | // This problem did not happen in the past because filesizes |
---|
| 4581 | // were not considered by createClientFilelists, and therefore |
---|
| 4582 | // this routine (updateShadowfilesFilesizes()) was not called |
---|
| 4583 | // in the incremental case. One possible solution would be to |
---|
| 4584 | // use createClientFilelists2 (the divy-by-numbers-of-files |
---|
| 4585 | // version) rather than createClientFilelists for incremental. |
---|
| 4586 | // In this case we must avoid calling updateShadowfilesFilesizes(). |
---|
| 4587 | // A 2nd solution would be to change updateSnapshotFilesizes() |
---|
| 4588 | // to skip over filesizes records for which the filesize is 0. |
---|
| 4589 | // I chose the 1st solution (don't worry about filesizes |
---|
| 4590 | // for incremental backups) for now. (BCH) |
---|
| 4591 | // |
---|
| 4592 | // BCH - The above comment may no longer be needed. We are calling |
---|
| 4593 | // BCH updateShadowfilesFilesizes() in the incremental case |
---|
| 4594 | // BCH without trouble now. Should we consider going back to using |
---|
| 4595 | // BCH createClientFilelists() instead of createClientFilelists2() |
---|
| 4596 | // BCH in the incremental case again? |
---|
| 4597 | // |
---|
| 4598 | // BCH - The code has moved on once again, with the test below |
---|
| 4599 | // BCH no longer being used, and the code allowing for the |
---|
| 4600 | // BCH shadow file and the filesizes file to have different numbers |
---|
| 4601 | // BCH of records (this was needed to support hard links, which |
---|
| 4602 | // BCH results in one record in the filesizes file, but two |
---|
| 4603 | // BCH records in the shadow file, one for the file itself, |
---|
| 4604 | // BCH and one for the hardlink). The net of all this is that |
---|
| 4605 | // BCH someday we may wish to go back to using the same routine |
---|
| 4606 | // BCH (createClientFilelists) for incremental backups that |
---|
| 4607 | // BCH we now use for full backups. |
---|
| 4608 | |
---|
| 4609 | /* If the inode numbers from the shadow file record and the |
---|
| 4610 | filesizes record match, copy the filesize to the shadow file. */ |
---|
| 4611 | if ((gpfs_ino_t) atoi((const char *) shadowRecord.inodenum) == |
---|
| 4612 | (gpfs_ino_t) atoi((const char *) filesizesRecord.inodenum)) |
---|
| 4613 | #endif |
---|
| 4614 | /* Compare the inodes from the shadow file and the filesizes file. */ |
---|
| 4615 | shadowRecordInode = atoi((const char *) shadowRecord.inodenum); |
---|
| 4616 | filesizesRecordInode = atoi((const char *) filesizesRecord.inodenum); |
---|
| 4617 | inodeDelta = shadowRecordInode - filesizesRecordInode; |
---|
| 4618 | if (inodeDelta > 0) |
---|
| 4619 | { |
---|
| 4620 | /* We have not yet encountered a file in the filesizes file that |
---|
| 4621 | comes lexicographically after the file from the shadow file, |
---|
| 4622 | so update the record number and read again. */ |
---|
| 4623 | recordInFilesizes++; |
---|
| 4624 | readNewRecord = true; // Read a new filesizes record. |
---|
| 4625 | continue; |
---|
| 4626 | } |
---|
| 4627 | |
---|
| 4628 | if (inodeDelta == 0) |
---|
| 4629 | { |
---|
| 4630 | /* Since the inode numbers from the shadow file record and the |
---|
| 4631 | filesizes record match, copy the filesize to the shadow file. */ |
---|
| 4632 | memcpy((void *) &shadowRecord.tr.filesize, |
---|
| 4633 | (const void *) &filesizesRecord.filesize, |
---|
| 4634 | sizeof(filesizesRecord.filesize)); |
---|
| 4635 | nextWriteOffset = nextReadOffset - shadowRecordSize; |
---|
| 4636 | |
---|
| 4637 | /* Reposition the file pointer for the shadow file. */ |
---|
| 4638 | actualOffset = lseek(shadowFileHandle[fileIndex], |
---|
| 4639 | nextWriteOffset, SEEK_SET); |
---|
| 4640 | if (actualOffset != nextWriteOffset) |
---|
| 4641 | { |
---|
| 4642 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not seek to offset L%d in file %s\n", |
---|
| 4643 | nextWriteOffset, shadowFile[fileIndex]); |
---|
| 4644 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4645 | } |
---|
| 4646 | |
---|
| 4647 | /* Write the shadow record back to the shadow file. */ |
---|
| 4648 | bytesWritten = write(shadowFileHandle[fileIndex], &shadowRecord, |
---|
| 4649 | shadowRecordSize); |
---|
| 4650 | if (bytesWritten != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
| 4651 | { |
---|
| 4652 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing file %s\n", shadowFile[fileIndex]); |
---|
| 4653 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4654 | } |
---|
| 4655 | |
---|
| 4656 | /* Cause the next record in the shadow file to be read. */ |
---|
| 4657 | recordInShadowFile++; |
---|
| 4658 | readNewRecord = false; // Don't read a new filesizes record yet. |
---|
| 4659 | break; |
---|
| 4660 | } |
---|
| 4661 | |
---|
| 4662 | if (inodeDelta < 0) |
---|
| 4663 | { |
---|
| 4664 | /* We just encountered an inode in the filesizes file that comes |
---|
| 4665 | lexicographically after the inode from the shadow file, |
---|
| 4666 | so the inode does not exist in the filesizes file. |
---|
| 4667 | This should never happen, so issue an error message and quit. */ |
---|
| 4668 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 4669 | "Inode number %s in file %s could not be found in file %s\n", |
---|
| 4670 | shadowRecord.inodenum, |
---|
| 4671 | shadowFile[fileIndex], |
---|
| 4672 | filesizesFile); |
---|
| 4673 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4674 | } |
---|
| 4675 | |
---|
| 4676 | } /* end of while (recordInFilesizes < numberOfFilesizesRecords) */ |
---|
| 4677 | |
---|
| 4678 | } /* end of while (recordsLeft > 0) */ |
---|
| 4679 | |
---|
| 4680 | } /* end for (i = 0; i < numShadows; i++) */ |
---|
| 4681 | |
---|
| 4682 | #ifdef DEBUG_BACKUP |
---|
| 4683 | /* Leave the filesizes file so that it may get examined. */ |
---|
| 4684 | #else |
---|
| 4685 | /* Delete the filesizes file. */ |
---|
| 4686 | unlink(filesizesFile); |
---|
| 4687 | #endif /* DEBUG_BACKUP */ |
---|
| 4688 | |
---|
| 4689 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 4690 | |
---|
| 4691 | return(rc); |
---|
| 4692 | |
---|
| 4693 | } /*------ end of updateShadowfilesFilesizes() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 4694 | |
---|
| 4695 | |
---|
| 4696 | /* |
---|
| 4697 | * NAME: createFilelist() |
---|
| 4698 | * |
---|
| 4699 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 4700 | * Create the transactions file. Update it to include the full |
---|
| 4701 | * path names of the files to be processed (i.e., get backed_up, |
---|
| 4702 | * get restored, etc.) by the server. |
---|
| 4703 | * |
---|
| 4704 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 4705 | * fsName: (IN) Points to the filesystem name. |
---|
| 4706 | * backupControlHdrP: (IN) Pointer to a gpfs_backup_control_t structure |
---|
| 4707 | * |
---|
| 4708 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 4709 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 4710 | * |
---|
| 4711 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 4712 | */ |
---|
| 4713 | int createFilelist(char *fsName, gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHdrP) |
---|
| 4714 | { |
---|
| 4715 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
| 4716 | backup_shadow_record_t backupShadowRecord; |
---|
| 4717 | Int64 currentServerFilesSize = 0; |
---|
| 4718 | Int64 sizeOfFilesInBuffer = 0; |
---|
| 4719 | Int64 numberOfInodes; |
---|
| 4720 | Int64 recordInFile; |
---|
| 4721 | Int32 i, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 4722 | Int32 handle; |
---|
| 4723 | Int32 backupShadowHandle; |
---|
| 4724 | Int32 bufferIndex; |
---|
| 4725 | Int32 bytesRead; |
---|
| 4726 | transactionsListRecord buffer[NRECS_PER_BUFFER]; |
---|
| 4727 | offset_t nextReadOffset, actualOffset; |
---|
| 4728 | size_t shadowRecordSize; |
---|
| 4729 | size_t transactionRecordSize; |
---|
| 4730 | char* fn = "createFilelist"; |
---|
| 4731 | |
---|
| 4732 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 4733 | |
---|
| 4734 | /* Initializations */ |
---|
| 4735 | shadowRecordSize = sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t); |
---|
| 4736 | transactionRecordSize = sizeof(transactionsListRecord); |
---|
| 4737 | backupCtrlP = backupControlHdrP; |
---|
| 4738 | numberOfInodes = backupCtrlP->backupHdr.inodesTotal; |
---|
| 4739 | |
---|
| 4740 | /* Create the transaction file in append mode. */ |
---|
| 4741 | transactionsListHandle = |
---|
| 4742 | open(transactionsList, O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC, 0644); |
---|
| 4743 | if (transactionsListHandle == -1) |
---|
| 4744 | { |
---|
| 4745 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot create %s\n", transactionsList); |
---|
| 4746 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4747 | } |
---|
| 4748 | |
---|
| 4749 | /* Open the backup shadow file in READ mode. */ |
---|
| 4750 | backupShadowHandle = open(backupShadowFile, O_RDONLY, 0644); |
---|
| 4751 | if (backupShadowHandle == -1) |
---|
| 4752 | { |
---|
| 4753 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open %s\n", backupShadowFile); |
---|
| 4754 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4755 | } |
---|
| 4756 | |
---|
| 4757 | /* Seek the backup shadow file's first record. */ |
---|
| 4758 | recordInFile = 0; |
---|
| 4759 | nextReadOffset = recordInFile*shadowRecordSize; |
---|
| 4760 | actualOffset = lseek(backupShadowHandle, |
---|
| 4761 | recordInFile*shadowRecordSize, SEEK_SET); |
---|
| 4762 | if (actualOffset != nextReadOffset) |
---|
| 4763 | { |
---|
| 4764 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", |
---|
| 4765 | recordInFile*shadowRecordSize, backupShadowFile); |
---|
| 4766 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4767 | } |
---|
| 4768 | |
---|
| 4769 | /* |
---|
| 4770 | * Do the following: |
---|
| 4771 | * - Read a record from the backup shadow file. |
---|
| 4772 | * The first record read should be for a directory. |
---|
| 4773 | * - Write the record to the buffer. |
---|
| 4774 | * - If the buffer is full, write the buffer to the transactions file. |
---|
| 4775 | * - Repeat these steps while there are records in the file. |
---|
| 4776 | */ |
---|
| 4777 | bytesRead = read(backupShadowHandle, &backupShadowRecord, shadowRecordSize); |
---|
| 4778 | if (bytesRead != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
| 4779 | { |
---|
| 4780 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", backupShadowFile); |
---|
| 4781 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4782 | } |
---|
| 4783 | |
---|
| 4784 | /* The first record should be for the snapshot directory which is |
---|
| 4785 | located at the mount point of the filesystem. Assert if it is not. */ |
---|
| 4786 | // BCH - Should we do something better here than just assert? |
---|
| 4787 | // BCH At the very least I think we should put out an error message first. |
---|
| 4788 | assert(strchr((const char *) &(backupShadowRecord.inodeDir), 'Y') != NULL); |
---|
| 4789 | |
---|
| 4790 | /* Copy the backup shadow record's transaction record to the buffer. */ |
---|
| 4791 | bufferIndex = 0; |
---|
| 4792 | buffer[bufferIndex] = backupShadowRecord.tr; |
---|
| 4793 | buffer[bufferIndex].delimeter2 = '\n'; |
---|
| 4794 | |
---|
| 4795 | /* Increment the aggregate size of the files in the buffer. */ |
---|
| 4796 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer += |
---|
| 4797 | strtoll((const char *) backupShadowRecord.tr.filesize, NULL, 10); |
---|
| 4798 | |
---|
| 4799 | /* Copy the 1st filename into the anchor name for the server. */ |
---|
| 4800 | strncpy(backupCtrlP->inode.filename, buffer[bufferIndex].filename, |
---|
| 4801 | MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
| 4802 | |
---|
| 4803 | /* Decrement the number of inodes now that the first has been processed. */ |
---|
| 4804 | numberOfInodes--; |
---|
| 4805 | |
---|
| 4806 | /* Loop until the remaining inodes have been processed. */ |
---|
| 4807 | while (numberOfInodes > 0) |
---|
| 4808 | { |
---|
| 4809 | /* Read the next record from the backup shadow file. */ |
---|
| 4810 | bytesRead = read(backupShadowHandle, &backupShadowRecord, shadowRecordSize); |
---|
| 4811 | if (bytesRead != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
| 4812 | { |
---|
| 4813 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", backupShadowFile); |
---|
| 4814 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4815 | } |
---|
| 4816 | |
---|
| 4817 | /* Decrement the number of inodes and point to the next buffer record. */ |
---|
| 4818 | numberOfInodes--; |
---|
| 4819 | bufferIndex++; |
---|
| 4820 | |
---|
| 4821 | /* Copy the backup shadow record filename to the buffer. */ |
---|
| 4822 | buffer[bufferIndex] = backupShadowRecord.tr; |
---|
| 4823 | buffer[bufferIndex].delimeter2 = '\n'; |
---|
| 4824 | |
---|
| 4825 | /* Increment the aggregate size of the files in the buffer. */ |
---|
| 4826 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer += |
---|
| 4827 | strtoll((const char *) backupShadowRecord.tr.filesize, NULL, 10); |
---|
| 4828 | |
---|
| 4829 | /* Write the buffer to the transactions file if the buffer is full. */ |
---|
| 4830 | if ((bufferIndex + 1) == NRECS_PER_BUFFER) |
---|
| 4831 | { |
---|
| 4832 | /* Write the buffer to the file. */ |
---|
| 4833 | rc = writeBuffer(transactionsListHandle, buffer, |
---|
| 4834 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 4835 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 4836 | { |
---|
| 4837 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 4838 | "createFilelist(): writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 4839 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4840 | } |
---|
| 4841 | |
---|
| 4842 | /* Update the size value. */ |
---|
| 4843 | currentServerFilesSize += sizeOfFilesInBuffer; |
---|
| 4844 | |
---|
| 4845 | /* Clear the buffer for reuse. */ |
---|
| 4846 | sizeOfFilesInBuffer = 0; |
---|
| 4847 | bufferIndex = -1; |
---|
| 4848 | memset(buffer, 0, transactionRecordSize*NRECS_PER_BUFFER); |
---|
| 4849 | } |
---|
| 4850 | } /* end while (numberOfInodes > 0) */ |
---|
| 4851 | |
---|
| 4852 | /* Write the last buffer to the transactions file. */ |
---|
| 4853 | rc = writeBuffer(transactionsListHandle, buffer, |
---|
| 4854 | (bufferIndex + 1) * transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 4855 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 4856 | { |
---|
| 4857 | fprintf(stderr, "createFilelist(): writeBuffer() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 4858 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4859 | } |
---|
| 4860 | |
---|
| 4861 | /* Update the aggregate size for the server. */ |
---|
| 4862 | currentServerFilesSize += sizeOfFilesInBuffer; |
---|
| 4863 | backupCtrlP->inode.serverFilesSize = currentServerFilesSize; |
---|
| 4864 | |
---|
| 4865 | /* Close the created transactions file. */ |
---|
| 4866 | rc = close(transactionsListHandle); |
---|
| 4867 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 4868 | { |
---|
| 4869 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 4870 | "Cannot close file descriptor transactionsListHandle = %d\n", |
---|
| 4871 | transactionsListHandle); |
---|
| 4872 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4873 | } |
---|
| 4874 | |
---|
| 4875 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 4876 | |
---|
| 4877 | return(rc); |
---|
| 4878 | |
---|
| 4879 | } /*------ end of createFilelist() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 4880 | |
---|
| 4881 | |
---|
| 4882 | /* |
---|
| 4883 | * NAME: processFilelist() |
---|
| 4884 | * |
---|
| 4885 | * FUNCTION |
---|
| 4886 | * Given a transactions file containing a list of files to be |
---|
| 4887 | * processed on the backup server, a list of backup clients to do |
---|
| 4888 | * the backup, and a TSM command to run, do the following: |
---|
| 4889 | * a) For each client node process, construct the corresponding |
---|
| 4890 | * filelist file. |
---|
| 4891 | * b) For each client node process, tell the client node to execute |
---|
| 4892 | * the TSM command against its corresponding filelist file. |
---|
| 4893 | * c) Process the return from each client node process regarding |
---|
| 4894 | * the level of success from the command execution. |
---|
| 4895 | * |
---|
| 4896 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 4897 | * fsName: (IN) the full path name for the filesystem |
---|
| 4898 | * transactionCmd: (IN) the command the client node will execute |
---|
| 4899 | * against a filelist file |
---|
| 4900 | * transactionCmdOptn: (IN) an option value to be passed to the |
---|
| 4901 | * transactionCmd |
---|
| 4902 | * backupControlHdrP: (IN) pointer to a gpfs_backup_control_t structure |
---|
| 4903 | * divyBySize: (IN) boolean flag indicating whether to divy the |
---|
| 4904 | * the filelist based on file sizes or not |
---|
| 4905 | * |
---|
| 4906 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 4907 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_PSUCCESS on partial success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 4908 | * |
---|
| 4909 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 4910 | */ |
---|
| 4911 | int processFilelist(char *fsName, |
---|
| 4912 | char *transactionCmd, |
---|
| 4913 | char *transactionCmdOptn, |
---|
| 4914 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHdrP, |
---|
| 4915 | Boolean divyBySize) |
---|
| 4916 | { |
---|
| 4917 | Int32 tmp, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 4918 | Int32 clientIndex, processIndex; |
---|
| 4919 | Int32 numberOfClients, numberOfProcesses; |
---|
| 4920 | static char *processCommand = "execTSMcommand"; // mmremote verb |
---|
| 4921 | FILE* filePtr[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES]; |
---|
| 4922 | char *cmdReturnString[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES]; |
---|
| 4923 | char *returnStrings; |
---|
| 4924 | backup_client_info_t *backupClient[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS]; |
---|
| 4925 | pid_t pid[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENTS]; |
---|
| 4926 | char processCmdBuffer[MAX_BACKUP_CLIENT_PROCESSES][LINE_LENGTH]; |
---|
| 4927 | char linebuf[LINE_LENGTH]; /* buffer to store an output line */ |
---|
| 4928 | |
---|
| 4929 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
| 4930 | Boolean pendingTransactions = false; |
---|
| 4931 | Boolean partialSuccess = false; |
---|
| 4932 | char* fn = "processFilelist"; |
---|
| 4933 | |
---|
| 4934 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 4935 | |
---|
| 4936 | /* initializations */ |
---|
| 4937 | backupCtrlP = backupControlHdrP; |
---|
| 4938 | numberOfClients = backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.numberOfClients; |
---|
| 4939 | |
---|
| 4940 | /* Create the transaction files for the client processes. */ |
---|
| 4941 | if (divyBySize) { |
---|
| 4942 | rc = createClientFilelists(backupCtrlP); |
---|
| 4943 | } else { |
---|
| 4944 | rc = createClientFilelists2(backupCtrlP); |
---|
| 4945 | } |
---|
| 4946 | |
---|
| 4947 | /* Delete the original transactions file now that we are done with it. */ |
---|
| 4948 | unlink(transactionsList); |
---|
| 4949 | |
---|
| 4950 | /* If the call to createClientFilelists() or createClientFilelists2() |
---|
| 4951 | failed, print an error message and return with a bad return code. */ |
---|
| 4952 | if (rc == RC_FAIL) |
---|
| 4953 | { |
---|
| 4954 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 4955 | "processFilelist(): createClientFilelists() returned %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 4956 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4957 | } |
---|
| 4958 | |
---|
| 4959 | /* Get the number of processes that we will be creating. */ |
---|
| 4960 | numberOfProcesses = backupCtrlP->backupHdr.numberOfProcesses; |
---|
| 4961 | |
---|
| 4962 | /* Get the client nodes and storage for their command strings. */ |
---|
| 4963 | returnStrings = (char *) calloc(numberOfProcesses, (LINE_LENGTH)); |
---|
| 4964 | |
---|
| 4965 | /* Report error if calloc failed. */ |
---|
| 4966 | if (returnStrings == NULL) |
---|
| 4967 | { |
---|
| 4968 | fprintf(stderr, "processFilelist(): calloc failure"); |
---|
| 4969 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 4970 | } |
---|
| 4971 | |
---|
| 4972 | /* We depend on unused areas of the returnStrings being null chars. */ |
---|
| 4973 | memset(returnStrings, '\0', (numberOfProcesses * (LINE_LENGTH))); |
---|
| 4974 | |
---|
| 4975 | /* Initialize cmdReturnString array with pointers into returnStrings. */ |
---|
| 4976 | for (processIndex = 0; processIndex < numberOfProcesses; processIndex++) |
---|
| 4977 | { |
---|
| 4978 | cmdReturnString[processIndex] = returnStrings+(processIndex*(LINE_LENGTH)); |
---|
| 4979 | } |
---|
| 4980 | |
---|
| 4981 | /* Initialize the backupClient array. */ |
---|
| 4982 | for (clientIndex = 0; clientIndex < numberOfClients; clientIndex++) |
---|
| 4983 | { |
---|
| 4984 | backupClient[clientIndex] = |
---|
| 4985 | &(backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.clients[clientIndex]); |
---|
| 4986 | } |
---|
| 4987 | |
---|
| 4988 | /* Create the pending transactions filename strings based |
---|
| 4989 | on whether we are processing deletions or changes. */ |
---|
| 4990 | if (strcmp(transactionCmd, "expire") == 0) |
---|
| 4991 | { |
---|
| 4992 | strcpy(pendingTransactionsListName, pendingDeletionsName); |
---|
| 4993 | snprintf(pendingTransactionsList, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", |
---|
| 4994 | fsName, pendingDeletionsName); |
---|
| 4995 | } else { |
---|
| 4996 | strcpy(pendingTransactionsListName, pendingChangesName); |
---|
| 4997 | snprintf(pendingTransactionsList, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", |
---|
| 4998 | fsName, pendingChangesName); |
---|
| 4999 | } |
---|
| 5000 | |
---|
| 5001 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 5002 | |
---|
| 5003 | /* |
---|
| 5004 | * The following loop forks processes that do the backups in parallel |
---|
| 5005 | * on the TSM clients. Each process invokes a script on a client node |
---|
| 5006 | * which in turn issues the desired TSM backup command. Each client |
---|
| 5007 | * may run multiple processes in parallel. |
---|
| 5008 | */ |
---|
| 5009 | for (processIndex = 0; processIndex < numberOfProcesses; processIndex++) |
---|
| 5010 | { |
---|
| 5011 | /* Calculate the client index from the process index value. */ |
---|
| 5012 | clientIndex = processIndex % numberOfClients; |
---|
| 5013 | |
---|
| 5014 | /* Create the command to be forked. */ |
---|
| 5015 | snprintf(processCmdBuffer[processIndex], |
---|
| 5016 | sizeof(processCmdBuffer[processIndex]), |
---|
| 5017 | "%s/bin/mmcommon on1long %s %s %s %s %s %s %s %d %d %s %d", |
---|
| 5018 | INSTALL_DIRECTORY, |
---|
| 5019 | backupClient[clientIndex]->clientName, |
---|
| 5020 | processCommand, |
---|
| 5021 | fsName, |
---|
| 5022 | transactionCmd, |
---|
| 5023 | transactionCmdOptn, |
---|
| 5024 | clientTransactionsList[processIndex], |
---|
| 5025 | masterNode, |
---|
| 5026 | masterPID, |
---|
| 5027 | processIndex, |
---|
| 5028 | backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.serverName, |
---|
| 5029 | ioRate); |
---|
| 5030 | |
---|
| 5031 | /* Fork a command to cause the backup to execute as a client process. */ |
---|
| 5032 | filePtr[processIndex] = pipeOpen(processCmdBuffer[processIndex], "r", |
---|
| 5033 | &pid[processIndex]); |
---|
| 5034 | if (filePtr[processIndex] == NULL) |
---|
| 5035 | { |
---|
| 5036 | /* |
---|
| 5037 | * The client process failed. Rename its transactions file |
---|
| 5038 | * to serve as a pending transactions file and set a flag |
---|
| 5039 | * to indicate that there are pending transactions. |
---|
| 5040 | */ |
---|
| 5041 | |
---|
| 5042 | /* Create the pending transactions file name. */ |
---|
| 5043 | snprintf(clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex], MAX_FILE_NAME, |
---|
| 5044 | "%s/%s%d", fsName, pendingTransactionsListName, processIndex); |
---|
| 5045 | |
---|
| 5046 | /* Rename the process's transactions file to a pending trans file. */ |
---|
| 5047 | rc = rename(clientTransactionsList[processIndex], |
---|
| 5048 | clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex]); |
---|
| 5049 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 5050 | { |
---|
| 5051 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
| 5052 | clientTransactionsList[processIndex], |
---|
| 5053 | clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex], rc); |
---|
| 5054 | free(returnStrings); |
---|
| 5055 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5056 | } |
---|
| 5057 | |
---|
| 5058 | /* Set the pending transactions flag and issue a message. */ |
---|
| 5059 | pendingTransactions = true; |
---|
| 5060 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 5061 | "processFilelist(): pipeOpen() returned filePtr[%d] = NULL\n", |
---|
| 5062 | processIndex); |
---|
| 5063 | rc = RC_FAIL; // BCH - I believe this may be superfluous |
---|
| 5064 | } |
---|
| 5065 | } |
---|
| 5066 | |
---|
| 5067 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 5068 | |
---|
| 5069 | /* Loop through the client processes to get each one's return string. */ |
---|
| 5070 | /* NOTE: When at least one process has at least partially successfully |
---|
| 5071 | backed up its list of files, the overall operation will be |
---|
| 5072 | indicated as having had at least a partial successful completion. */ |
---|
| 5073 | for (processIndex = 0; processIndex < numberOfProcesses; processIndex++) |
---|
| 5074 | { |
---|
| 5075 | if (fgets(linebuf, sizeof(linebuf), filePtr[processIndex]) != NULL) |
---|
| 5076 | { |
---|
| 5077 | strcpy(cmdReturnString[processIndex], linebuf); |
---|
| 5078 | } |
---|
| 5079 | else |
---|
| 5080 | { |
---|
| 5081 | /* Handle the case where the client process has failed. */ |
---|
| 5082 | |
---|
| 5083 | /* First create the pending transactions file name. */ |
---|
| 5084 | snprintf(clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex], MAX_FILE_NAME, |
---|
| 5085 | "%s/%s%d", fsName, pendingTransactionsListName, processIndex); |
---|
| 5086 | |
---|
| 5087 | /* Rename the process's transactions file to a pending trans file. */ |
---|
| 5088 | rc = rename(clientTransactionsList[processIndex], |
---|
| 5089 | clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex]); |
---|
| 5090 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 5091 | { |
---|
| 5092 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
| 5093 | clientTransactionsList[processIndex], |
---|
| 5094 | clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex], rc); |
---|
| 5095 | free(returnStrings); |
---|
| 5096 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5097 | } |
---|
| 5098 | |
---|
| 5099 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 5100 | "processFilelist(): no output received from client process %d\n", |
---|
| 5101 | processIndex); |
---|
| 5102 | pendingTransactions = true; |
---|
| 5103 | rc = RC_FAIL; // BCH - I believe this may be superfluous |
---|
| 5104 | } |
---|
| 5105 | |
---|
| 5106 | /* Close the pipe that was opened for the client process. */ |
---|
| 5107 | pipeClose(filePtr[processIndex], pid[processIndex]); |
---|
| 5108 | |
---|
| 5109 | } |
---|
| 5110 | |
---|
| 5111 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 5112 | |
---|
| 5113 | /* |
---|
| 5114 | * Check the completion level to determine |
---|
| 5115 | * the level of success for the operation. |
---|
| 5116 | */ |
---|
| 5117 | for (processIndex = 0; processIndex < numberOfProcesses; processIndex++) |
---|
| 5118 | { |
---|
| 5119 | /* Calculate the client index from the process index value. */ |
---|
| 5120 | clientIndex = processIndex % numberOfClients; |
---|
| 5121 | |
---|
| 5122 | if (strstr(cmdReturnString[processIndex], "Operation_Success") != NULL) |
---|
| 5123 | { |
---|
| 5124 | /* In this case all the files were successfully backed up. Set a flag |
---|
| 5125 | indicating at least partial successful operation completion. |
---|
| 5126 | */ |
---|
| 5127 | partialSuccess = true; |
---|
| 5128 | if (Tracing) { |
---|
| 5129 | fprintf(stderr, "Process %d on client %s successfully processed its list of files.\n", processIndex, backupClient[clientIndex]->clientName); |
---|
| 5130 | } |
---|
| 5131 | |
---|
| 5132 | #ifdef DEBUG_BACKUP |
---|
| 5133 | /* Do not delete the clientTransactionsList[processIndex] file. */ |
---|
| 5134 | #else |
---|
| 5135 | /* Delete the clientTransactionsList[processIndex] file. */ |
---|
| 5136 | unlink(clientTransactionsList[processIndex]); |
---|
| 5137 | #endif /* DEBUG_BACKUP */ |
---|
| 5138 | |
---|
| 5139 | } |
---|
| 5140 | else if (strstr(cmdReturnString[processIndex], "Operation_Partial_Success") |
---|
| 5141 | != NULL) |
---|
| 5142 | { |
---|
| 5143 | /* Not all of the files were successfully backed up. The mmexectsmcmd |
---|
| 5144 | script should have created a file named PendingTransactions_L (where |
---|
| 5145 | L is the process index) which contains the names of the files that |
---|
| 5146 | were not successfully operated on. Save the name of this file into |
---|
| 5147 | clientPendingTransactionsList, the pending transaction files array. */ |
---|
| 5148 | |
---|
| 5149 | /* Set flag indicating at least partial successful operation. */ |
---|
| 5150 | partialSuccess = true; |
---|
| 5151 | pendingTransactions = true; |
---|
| 5152 | fprintf(stderr, "Process %d on client %s had partial success in processing its list of files.\n", processIndex, backupClient[clientIndex]->clientName); |
---|
| 5153 | |
---|
| 5154 | /* Save the name of the pending transactions file into the |
---|
| 5155 | clientPendingTransactionsList array. */ |
---|
| 5156 | snprintf(clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex], MAX_FILE_NAME, |
---|
| 5157 | "%s/%s%d", fsName, pendingTransactionsListName, processIndex); |
---|
| 5158 | |
---|
| 5159 | #ifdef DEBUG_BACKUP |
---|
| 5160 | /* Do not delete the clientTransactionsList[processIndex] file. */ |
---|
| 5161 | #else |
---|
| 5162 | /* Delete the clientTransactionsList[processIndex] file. */ |
---|
| 5163 | unlink(clientTransactionsList[processIndex]); |
---|
| 5164 | #endif /* DEBUG_BACKUP */ |
---|
| 5165 | |
---|
| 5166 | } |
---|
| 5167 | else if ((strstr(cmdReturnString[processIndex],"Operation_Failure") != NULL) |
---|
| 5168 | || |
---|
| 5169 | (strstr(cmdReturnString[processIndex],"Already_running") != NULL)) |
---|
| 5170 | { |
---|
| 5171 | /* The backup operation on the client process failed. Rename its |
---|
| 5172 | transactions file to clientPendingTransactionsList_L. */ |
---|
| 5173 | |
---|
| 5174 | /* Create the process's pending transactions file name. */ |
---|
| 5175 | snprintf(clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex], MAX_FILE_NAME, |
---|
| 5176 | "%s/%s%d", fsName, pendingTransactionsListName, processIndex); |
---|
| 5177 | |
---|
| 5178 | /* Rename the process's transactions file to a pending trans file. */ |
---|
| 5179 | rc = rename(clientTransactionsList[processIndex], |
---|
| 5180 | clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex]); |
---|
| 5181 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 5182 | { |
---|
| 5183 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
| 5184 | clientTransactionsList[processIndex], |
---|
| 5185 | clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex], rc); |
---|
| 5186 | free(returnStrings); |
---|
| 5187 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5188 | } |
---|
| 5189 | |
---|
| 5190 | /* Issue a message to help the user understand what failed |
---|
| 5191 | and set the transaction pending flag and a bad return code. */ |
---|
| 5192 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 5193 | "\n%s\n", 2 + strstr(cmdReturnString[processIndex], ":")); |
---|
| 5194 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 5195 | "Process %d on client %s failed in processing its list of files.\n", |
---|
| 5196 | processIndex, backupClient[clientIndex]->clientName); |
---|
| 5197 | pendingTransactions = true; |
---|
| 5198 | rc = RC_FAIL; // BCH - I believe this may be superfluous |
---|
| 5199 | } |
---|
| 5200 | else |
---|
| 5201 | { |
---|
| 5202 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 5203 | "Process %d on client %s returned unexpected results: %s\n", |
---|
| 5204 | processIndex, backupClient[clientIndex]->clientName, |
---|
| 5205 | cmdReturnString[processIndex]); |
---|
| 5206 | free(returnStrings); |
---|
| 5207 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5208 | } |
---|
| 5209 | } |
---|
| 5210 | |
---|
| 5211 | if (Tracing) traceLine("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 5212 | |
---|
| 5213 | /* Return the storage we obtained for the return strings. */ |
---|
| 5214 | free(returnStrings); |
---|
| 5215 | |
---|
| 5216 | /* Set the return code and do required cleanup based on the outcome. */ |
---|
| 5217 | if (partialSuccess) |
---|
| 5218 | { |
---|
| 5219 | if (pendingTransactions) /* partial success */ |
---|
| 5220 | { |
---|
| 5221 | /* Merge the pendingTransactionsList_L files into a single |
---|
| 5222 | pendingTransactionsList file. */ |
---|
| 5223 | rc = createPendingFile(fsName, backupCtrlP, pendingTransactionsList); |
---|
| 5224 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 5225 | { |
---|
| 5226 | fprintf(stderr, "createPendingFile() failed with rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 5227 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5228 | } |
---|
| 5229 | |
---|
| 5230 | /* Set the return code. */ |
---|
| 5231 | rc = RC_PSUCCESS; |
---|
| 5232 | } |
---|
| 5233 | else /* total success */ |
---|
| 5234 | { |
---|
| 5235 | /* Set the return code. */ |
---|
| 5236 | rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 5237 | } |
---|
| 5238 | } |
---|
| 5239 | else /* total failure */ |
---|
| 5240 | { |
---|
| 5241 | /* Delete any existing client transactions files. */ |
---|
| 5242 | for (processIndex = 0; processIndex < numberOfProcesses; processIndex++) |
---|
| 5243 | { |
---|
| 5244 | /* Delete the client transactions file and the |
---|
| 5245 | client pending transactions file if either exists. */ |
---|
| 5246 | unlink(clientTransactionsList[processIndex]); |
---|
| 5247 | unlink(clientPendingTransactionsList[processIndex]); |
---|
| 5248 | } |
---|
| 5249 | |
---|
| 5250 | /* Set the return code. */ |
---|
| 5251 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 5252 | |
---|
| 5253 | } // end if (partialSuccess) |
---|
| 5254 | |
---|
| 5255 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 5256 | |
---|
| 5257 | return(rc); |
---|
| 5258 | |
---|
| 5259 | } /*------ end of processFilelist() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 5260 | |
---|
| 5261 | |
---|
| 5262 | /* |
---|
| 5263 | * NAME: createPendingFile() |
---|
| 5264 | * |
---|
| 5265 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 5266 | * Consolidate the pending transactions files from the client processes |
---|
| 5267 | * into a single pending transactions file relating to the server. |
---|
| 5268 | * |
---|
| 5269 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 5270 | * fsName: (IN) full path name of filesystem mount point |
---|
| 5271 | * backupControlHdrP: (IN) pointer to a gpfs_backup_control_t structure |
---|
| 5272 | * pendingFile: (IN) name of file to be created containing the |
---|
| 5273 | * pending transactions |
---|
| 5274 | * |
---|
| 5275 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 5276 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 5277 | * |
---|
| 5278 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 5279 | * It is assumed that if a client has failed to backup all the files which |
---|
| 5280 | * were to be backed up by that client, a file exists associated with that |
---|
| 5281 | * client which contains all the file names which were not backed up. |
---|
| 5282 | */ |
---|
| 5283 | int createPendingFile(char *fsName, |
---|
| 5284 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupControlHdrP, |
---|
| 5285 | char *pendingFile) |
---|
| 5286 | { |
---|
| 5287 | Int32 numberOfClients, processesPerClient, numberOfProcesses; |
---|
| 5288 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 5289 | Int32 clientIndex, j; |
---|
| 5290 | char *filenamesString = NULL; |
---|
| 5291 | gpfs_backup_control_t *backupCtrlP; |
---|
| 5292 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 5293 | Boolean pendingFiles = false; |
---|
| 5294 | char* fn = "createPendingFile"; |
---|
| 5295 | |
---|
| 5296 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 5297 | |
---|
| 5298 | /* Initialize some pointers. */ |
---|
| 5299 | backupCtrlP = backupControlHdrP; |
---|
| 5300 | |
---|
| 5301 | /* Initialize the number of clients and the number of client processes. */ |
---|
| 5302 | numberOfClients = backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.numberOfClients; |
---|
| 5303 | processesPerClient = backupCtrlP->backupHdr.icf.processesPerClient; |
---|
| 5304 | numberOfProcesses = numberOfClients * processesPerClient; |
---|
| 5305 | |
---|
| 5306 | /* If there is only one client process for the server and the |
---|
| 5307 | clientPendingTransactionsList[0] file exists, just rename it |
---|
| 5308 | to pendingTransactionsList file. */ |
---|
| 5309 | if (numberOfProcesses == 1) |
---|
| 5310 | { |
---|
| 5311 | /* Check the existence of the clientPendingTransactionsList_0 file. */ |
---|
| 5312 | rc = stat(clientPendingTransactionsList[0], &statBuf); |
---|
| 5313 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
| 5314 | { |
---|
| 5315 | if (errno == ENOENT) |
---|
| 5316 | { |
---|
| 5317 | fprintf(stderr, "File %s does not exist.\n", |
---|
| 5318 | clientPendingTransactionsList[0]); |
---|
| 5319 | } |
---|
| 5320 | else |
---|
| 5321 | { |
---|
| 5322 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
| 5323 | clientPendingTransactionsList[0], errno); |
---|
| 5324 | } |
---|
| 5325 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5326 | } |
---|
| 5327 | else |
---|
| 5328 | { |
---|
| 5329 | /* Rename the client process pending transactions file to the |
---|
| 5330 | desired pending transactions file. */ |
---|
| 5331 | rc = rename(clientPendingTransactionsList[0], pendingFile); |
---|
| 5332 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 5333 | { |
---|
| 5334 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
| 5335 | clientPendingTransactionsList[0], pendingTransactionsList, rc); |
---|
| 5336 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5337 | } |
---|
| 5338 | } |
---|
| 5339 | } |
---|
| 5340 | else /* We come here if there is more than one client process. */ |
---|
| 5341 | { |
---|
| 5342 | /* For each client process, determine whether a pending transactions |
---|
| 5343 | file exists. If so, put its name into a string of client process |
---|
| 5344 | pending transaction files. If the string contains one or more names, |
---|
| 5345 | issue a cat command to have all the files concatenated into one pending |
---|
| 5346 | transactions file for the server. */ |
---|
| 5347 | for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) |
---|
| 5348 | { |
---|
| 5349 | rc = stat(clientPendingTransactionsList[j], &statBuf); |
---|
| 5350 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
| 5351 | { |
---|
| 5352 | if (errno == ENOENT) |
---|
| 5353 | { |
---|
| 5354 | /* The clientPendingTransactionsList_j file does not exist. */ |
---|
| 5355 | continue; |
---|
| 5356 | } |
---|
| 5357 | else |
---|
| 5358 | { |
---|
| 5359 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
| 5360 | clientPendingTransactionsList[j], errno); |
---|
| 5361 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5362 | } |
---|
| 5363 | } |
---|
| 5364 | else |
---|
| 5365 | { |
---|
| 5366 | /* Set a flag to indicate that there are pending files to process. */ |
---|
| 5367 | pendingFiles = true; |
---|
| 5368 | |
---|
| 5369 | /* Get initial space for string or increase the space as necessary. */ |
---|
| 5370 | if (filenamesString == NULL) |
---|
| 5371 | { |
---|
| 5372 | /* Obtain space for the name + 2 extra characters (' ' and '\0'). */ |
---|
| 5373 | filenamesString = (char*) malloc( |
---|
| 5374 | strlen((clientPendingTransactionsList[j]) + 2) * sizeof(char)); |
---|
| 5375 | |
---|
| 5376 | if (filenamesString == NULL) |
---|
| 5377 | { |
---|
| 5378 | fprintf(stderr, "createPendingFile(): malloc failure\n"); |
---|
| 5379 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5380 | } |
---|
| 5381 | |
---|
| 5382 | /* Zero the storage for the string before using it. */ |
---|
| 5383 | memset(filenamesString, '\0', sizeof(char)); |
---|
| 5384 | } |
---|
| 5385 | else |
---|
| 5386 | { |
---|
| 5387 | char* oldNamesString; |
---|
| 5388 | oldNamesString = filenamesString; |
---|
| 5389 | |
---|
| 5390 | /* Obtain additional space for the name plus 2 extra characters |
---|
| 5391 | (' ' and '\0'). */ |
---|
| 5392 | filenamesString = (char*) realloc(filenamesString, |
---|
| 5393 | (strlen(filenamesString) + 2 + strlen(clientPendingTransactionsList[j])) |
---|
| 5394 | * sizeof(char)); |
---|
| 5395 | |
---|
| 5396 | if (filenamesString == NULL) |
---|
| 5397 | { |
---|
| 5398 | /* free old memory */ |
---|
| 5399 | free(oldNamesString); |
---|
| 5400 | fprintf(stderr, "createPendingFile(): realloc failure\n"); |
---|
| 5401 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5402 | } |
---|
| 5403 | } |
---|
| 5404 | |
---|
| 5405 | /* Append the file name to a string consisting of the names of all |
---|
| 5406 | client process pending transactions files separated by blanks. */ |
---|
| 5407 | strcat(filenamesString, clientPendingTransactionsList[j]); |
---|
| 5408 | strcat(filenamesString, " "); |
---|
| 5409 | } |
---|
| 5410 | } /* for (j = 0; j < numberOfProcesses; j++) */ |
---|
| 5411 | } |
---|
| 5412 | |
---|
| 5413 | /* If there are pending files because one or more of the processes failed, |
---|
| 5414 | concatenate the files together into a single pending transactions file. */ |
---|
| 5415 | if (pendingFiles) |
---|
| 5416 | { |
---|
| 5417 | /* Create the server's pending transactions file name. */ |
---|
| 5418 | snprintf(pendingTransactionsList, MAX_FILE_NAME, |
---|
| 5419 | "%s/%s", fsName, pendingTransactionsListName); |
---|
| 5420 | |
---|
| 5421 | /* Concatenate the pending transations files from the client processes |
---|
| 5422 | into a single file that is the server's pending transactions file. */ |
---|
| 5423 | // BCH - Recode this to use a loop with open(), read(), write(), close() |
---|
| 5424 | // BCH It will be much more efficient (faster reads and no system() ) |
---|
| 5425 | #ifdef GPFS_AIX |
---|
| 5426 | snprintf(sstring, MAX_COMMAND_STRING, "/usr/bin/cat %s > %s", |
---|
| 5427 | filenamesString, pendingTransactionsList); |
---|
| 5428 | #else |
---|
| 5429 | snprintf(sstring, MAX_COMMAND_STRING, "/bin/cat %s > %s", |
---|
| 5430 | filenamesString, pendingTransactionsList); |
---|
| 5431 | #endif |
---|
| 5432 | rc = system(sstring); |
---|
| 5433 | |
---|
| 5434 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
| 5435 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 5436 | { |
---|
| 5437 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned %d\n", sstring, rc); |
---|
| 5438 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5439 | } |
---|
| 5440 | |
---|
| 5441 | #ifdef DEBUG_BACKUP |
---|
| 5442 | /* Do not remove the clientPendingTransactionsList files. */ |
---|
| 5443 | #else |
---|
| 5444 | /* Issue the rm command to have the clientPendingTransactionsList files |
---|
| 5445 | deleted. Using rm instead of unlink allows us to delete them all |
---|
| 5446 | in one command. */ |
---|
| 5447 | // BCH - true, but you pay for the overhead of system(). Recode? |
---|
| 5448 | snprintf(sstring, MAX_COMMAND_STRING, |
---|
| 5449 | "%s %s > /dev/null", RM, filenamesString); |
---|
| 5450 | rc = system(sstring); |
---|
| 5451 | |
---|
| 5452 | /* Check system() return. */ |
---|
| 5453 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 5454 | { |
---|
| 5455 | fprintf(stderr, "system(%s) returned %d\n", sstring, rc); |
---|
| 5456 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5457 | } |
---|
| 5458 | #endif /* DEBUG_BACKUP */ |
---|
| 5459 | |
---|
| 5460 | /* Free the memory for the string of file names. */ |
---|
| 5461 | free(filenamesString); |
---|
| 5462 | filenamesString = NULL; |
---|
| 5463 | } |
---|
| 5464 | else |
---|
| 5465 | { |
---|
| 5466 | rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 5467 | } |
---|
| 5468 | |
---|
| 5469 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 5470 | |
---|
| 5471 | return(rc); |
---|
| 5472 | |
---|
| 5473 | } /*------ end of createPendingFile() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 5474 | |
---|
| 5475 | |
---|
| 5476 | /* |
---|
| 5477 | * NAME: doFSFileDeletions() |
---|
| 5478 | * |
---|
| 5479 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 5480 | * Determine the files which have been deleted from a filesystem |
---|
| 5481 | * and expire them from the backed up copy of the filesystem. |
---|
| 5482 | * |
---|
| 5483 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 5484 | * fsName: (IN) The full path name of the mounted filesystem. |
---|
| 5485 | * fsSnapshotPathname: (IN) The full path name of a directory name |
---|
| 5486 | * indicating where a snapshot of the filesystem |
---|
| 5487 | * is to be stored. |
---|
| 5488 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 5489 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_PSUCCESS on partial success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 5490 | * |
---|
| 5491 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 5492 | */ |
---|
| 5493 | int doFSFileDeletions(char *fsName, char *fsSnapshotPathname) |
---|
| 5494 | { |
---|
| 5495 | Int32 tmp, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 5496 | Int32 numShadows; |
---|
| 5497 | Boolean fileDeletions = false; |
---|
| 5498 | inodeBitsArray *inodeBitsArrayP; |
---|
| 5499 | char* fn = "doFSFileDeletions"; |
---|
| 5500 | |
---|
| 5501 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 5502 | |
---|
| 5503 | /* Do a regular inode scan. The inodes for all the files in the |
---|
| 5504 | filesystem will be returned. */ |
---|
| 5505 | inodeBitsArrayP = &inodeBitsP; |
---|
| 5506 | rc = doInodeScan(fsSnapshotPathname, inodeBitsArrayP, backupControlP); |
---|
| 5507 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 5508 | { |
---|
| 5509 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 5510 | "doFSFileDeletions(): doInodeScan() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 5511 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5512 | } |
---|
| 5513 | |
---|
| 5514 | /* Create a backup shadow file, and store it |
---|
| 5515 | at the mount point of the filesystem. */ |
---|
| 5516 | numShadows = 1; |
---|
| 5517 | rc = createSnapshotShadows(fsName, numShadows, inodeBitsP); |
---|
| 5518 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 5519 | { |
---|
| 5520 | fprintf(stderr, "createSnapshotShadows() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 5521 | free(inodeBitsP); |
---|
| 5522 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5523 | } |
---|
| 5524 | free(inodeBitsP); |
---|
| 5525 | |
---|
| 5526 | /* Sort the backup shadow file(s) by inode number. */ |
---|
| 5527 | rc = sortShadowfilesByInode(numShadows); |
---|
| 5528 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 5529 | { |
---|
| 5530 | fprintf(stderr, "sortShadowfilesByInode() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 5531 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5532 | } |
---|
| 5533 | |
---|
| 5534 | /* Update the .backup_shadow0 file with the correct |
---|
| 5535 | file sizes and erase the filesizes file. */ |
---|
| 5536 | rc = updateShadowfilesFilesizes(numShadows); |
---|
| 5537 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 5538 | { |
---|
| 5539 | fprintf(stderr, "updateShadowfilesFilesizes() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 5540 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5541 | } |
---|
| 5542 | |
---|
| 5543 | /* Sort the backup shadow file into alphabetical order by filename, |
---|
| 5544 | and store the results in a single backup shadow file. */ |
---|
| 5545 | rc = sortShadowfilesByFilename(); |
---|
| 5546 | if (rc != RC_SUCCESS) |
---|
| 5547 | { |
---|
| 5548 | fprintf(stderr, "sortShadowfilesByFilename() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 5549 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5550 | } |
---|
| 5551 | |
---|
| 5552 | /* Get the list of files to be deleted. */ |
---|
| 5553 | rc = getFilelistDeletions(backupShadowCheck, backupShadowFile, |
---|
| 5554 | &fileDeletions, (char *) &deletionsFile); |
---|
| 5555 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 5556 | { |
---|
| 5557 | fprintf(stderr, "getFilelistDeletions() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 5558 | unlink(deletionsFile); |
---|
| 5559 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5560 | } |
---|
| 5561 | |
---|
| 5562 | /* Take an early exit if there are no file deletions. */ |
---|
| 5563 | if (fileDeletions == false) |
---|
| 5564 | { |
---|
| 5565 | return(RC_SUCCESS); |
---|
| 5566 | } |
---|
| 5567 | |
---|
| 5568 | /* Rename the deletions file to be the transactions file. */ |
---|
| 5569 | tmp = rename(deletionsFile, transactionsList); |
---|
| 5570 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
| 5571 | { |
---|
| 5572 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
| 5573 | deletionsFile, transactionsList, rc); |
---|
| 5574 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5575 | } |
---|
| 5576 | |
---|
| 5577 | /* Invoke routine to process the transactions file. The false flag |
---|
| 5578 | that is passed tells the routine to divy the transactions file |
---|
| 5579 | among the client processes by number of files, not by aggregate |
---|
| 5580 | file size, which is what makes sense when doing deletions. */ |
---|
| 5581 | rc = processFilelist(fsName, |
---|
| 5582 | transactionCmdExpire, |
---|
| 5583 | transactionCmdOption, |
---|
| 5584 | backupControlP, |
---|
| 5585 | false); |
---|
| 5586 | |
---|
| 5587 | /* Process the return code. */ |
---|
| 5588 | switch (rc) |
---|
| 5589 | { |
---|
| 5590 | case RC_FAIL: /* failure */ |
---|
| 5591 | fprintf(stderr, "processFilelist() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 5592 | break; |
---|
| 5593 | |
---|
| 5594 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* partial success */ |
---|
| 5595 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* complete success */ |
---|
| 5596 | break; |
---|
| 5597 | |
---|
| 5598 | default: |
---|
| 5599 | fprintf(stderr, "processFilelist() returned unexpected rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 5600 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 5601 | break; |
---|
| 5602 | } |
---|
| 5603 | |
---|
| 5604 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 5605 | |
---|
| 5606 | return(rc); |
---|
| 5607 | |
---|
| 5608 | } /*------ end of doFSFileDeletions() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 5609 | |
---|
| 5610 | |
---|
| 5611 | /* |
---|
| 5612 | * NAME: getFilelistDeletions() |
---|
| 5613 | * |
---|
| 5614 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 5615 | * Given two shadow files, each one containing the list of files |
---|
| 5616 | * and directories of a filesystem at one point, determine the |
---|
| 5617 | * list of files in the first shadow file which are not in the |
---|
| 5618 | * second shadow file and put that list into a deletions file. |
---|
| 5619 | * Return the full path name of the created file. |
---|
| 5620 | * |
---|
| 5621 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 5622 | * oldShadowFile: (IN) full path name of first shadow file |
---|
| 5623 | * newShadowFile: (IN) full path name of second shadow file |
---|
| 5624 | * fileDeletions: (OUT) flag indicating whether there were any |
---|
| 5625 | * deleted files; a true value indicates |
---|
| 5626 | * there were |
---|
| 5627 | * deletionsFilelist: (OUT) pointer to name of file containing the list |
---|
| 5628 | * of files which are in oldShadowFile but |
---|
| 5629 | * are not in newShadowFile |
---|
| 5630 | * |
---|
| 5631 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 5632 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 5633 | * |
---|
| 5634 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 5635 | */ |
---|
| 5636 | int getFilelistDeletions(const char *oldShadowFile, |
---|
| 5637 | const char *newShadowFile, |
---|
| 5638 | Boolean *fileDeletions, |
---|
| 5639 | char *deletionsFilelist) |
---|
| 5640 | { |
---|
| 5641 | Int32 fp_del, fp_old_shadow, fp_new_shadow; |
---|
| 5642 | Int32 j, offset; |
---|
| 5643 | Int32 rc1, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 5644 | transactionsListRecord transactionRecord; |
---|
| 5645 | backup_shadow_record_t oldShadowRecord; |
---|
| 5646 | backup_shadow_record_t newShadowRecord; |
---|
| 5647 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 5648 | Int32 bytesRead, bytesWritten; |
---|
| 5649 | Int64 numberOfOldShadowRecords, numberOfNewShadowRecords; |
---|
| 5650 | Int64 recordInOldShadow, recordInNewShadow; |
---|
| 5651 | offset_t nextReadOldShadowOffset, actualOldShadowOffset; |
---|
| 5652 | offset_t nextReadNewShadowOffset, actualNewShadowOffset; |
---|
| 5653 | size_t shadowRecordSize = sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t); |
---|
| 5654 | size_t transactionRecordSize = sizeof(transactionsListRecord); |
---|
| 5655 | char* eq_p; |
---|
| 5656 | Boolean shadowDeletions = false; |
---|
| 5657 | Boolean searchNeeded = false; |
---|
| 5658 | Boolean readNewRecord = true; |
---|
| 5659 | char* fn = "getFilelistDeletions"; |
---|
| 5660 | |
---|
| 5661 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 5662 | |
---|
| 5663 | /* Stat the old backup shadow file. */ |
---|
| 5664 | if (stat(oldShadowFile, &statBuf) == -1) |
---|
| 5665 | { |
---|
| 5666 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file %s, errno=%d\n", oldShadowFile, errno); |
---|
| 5667 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5668 | } |
---|
| 5669 | |
---|
| 5670 | /* Determine the number of records in the old shadow file. */ |
---|
| 5671 | numberOfOldShadowRecords = statBuf.st_size / shadowRecordSize; |
---|
| 5672 | |
---|
| 5673 | /* Open the old backup shadow file. */ |
---|
| 5674 | fp_old_shadow = open(oldShadowFile, O_RDONLY, 0644); |
---|
| 5675 | if (fp_old_shadow == -1) |
---|
| 5676 | { |
---|
| 5677 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open file %s\n", oldShadowFile); |
---|
| 5678 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5679 | } |
---|
| 5680 | |
---|
| 5681 | /* Stat the new backup shadow file. */ |
---|
| 5682 | if (stat(newShadowFile, &statBuf) == -1) |
---|
| 5683 | { |
---|
| 5684 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", |
---|
| 5685 | newShadowFile, errno); |
---|
| 5686 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5687 | } |
---|
| 5688 | |
---|
| 5689 | /* Determine the number of records in the new shadow file. */ |
---|
| 5690 | numberOfNewShadowRecords = statBuf.st_size / shadowRecordSize; |
---|
| 5691 | |
---|
| 5692 | /* Open the new backup shadow file. */ |
---|
| 5693 | fp_new_shadow = open(newShadowFile, O_RDONLY, 0644); |
---|
| 5694 | if (fp_new_shadow == -1) |
---|
| 5695 | { |
---|
| 5696 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open file %s\n", newShadowFile); |
---|
| 5697 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5698 | } |
---|
| 5699 | |
---|
| 5700 | /* Create the full pathname for the deletions file for the filesystem. */ |
---|
| 5701 | snprintf(deletionsFile, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, deletionsName); |
---|
| 5702 | |
---|
| 5703 | /* Create and open the deletions file in append mode. */ |
---|
| 5704 | fp_del = open(deletionsFile, O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC, 0600); |
---|
| 5705 | if (fp_del == -1) |
---|
| 5706 | { |
---|
| 5707 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open file %s\n", deletionsFile); |
---|
| 5708 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5709 | } |
---|
| 5710 | |
---|
| 5711 | recordInOldShadow = 0; |
---|
| 5712 | recordInNewShadow = 0; |
---|
| 5713 | nextReadOldShadowOffset = recordInOldShadow*shadowRecordSize; |
---|
| 5714 | actualOldShadowOffset = lseek(fp_old_shadow, |
---|
| 5715 | recordInOldShadow*shadowRecordSize, |
---|
| 5716 | SEEK_SET); |
---|
| 5717 | if (actualOldShadowOffset != nextReadOldShadowOffset) |
---|
| 5718 | { |
---|
| 5719 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", |
---|
| 5720 | recordInOldShadow*shadowRecordSize, oldShadowFile); |
---|
| 5721 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5722 | } |
---|
| 5723 | nextReadNewShadowOffset = recordInNewShadow*shadowRecordSize; |
---|
| 5724 | actualNewShadowOffset = lseek(fp_new_shadow, |
---|
| 5725 | recordInNewShadow*shadowRecordSize, |
---|
| 5726 | SEEK_SET); |
---|
| 5727 | if (actualNewShadowOffset != nextReadNewShadowOffset) |
---|
| 5728 | { |
---|
| 5729 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", |
---|
| 5730 | recordInNewShadow*shadowRecordSize, newShadowFile); |
---|
| 5731 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5732 | } |
---|
| 5733 | |
---|
| 5734 | /* Loop through the old shadow file. */ |
---|
| 5735 | while (recordInOldShadow < numberOfOldShadowRecords) |
---|
| 5736 | { |
---|
| 5737 | /* Read a record from the old shadow file. */ |
---|
| 5738 | bytesRead = read(fp_old_shadow, &oldShadowRecord, shadowRecordSize); |
---|
| 5739 | if (bytesRead != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
| 5740 | { |
---|
| 5741 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading from file descriptor %d\n", fp_old_shadow); |
---|
| 5742 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5743 | } |
---|
| 5744 | |
---|
| 5745 | /* Indicate a search for a matching record in the |
---|
| 5746 | new shadow file should be done. */ |
---|
| 5747 | searchNeeded = true; |
---|
| 5748 | |
---|
| 5749 | /* Put a null character at the end of the file name |
---|
| 5750 | to make it into a string so we can use strcmp(). */ |
---|
| 5751 | offset = atoi((const char *) oldShadowRecord.tr.fnLength); |
---|
| 5752 | eq_p = oldShadowRecord.tr.filename + offset; |
---|
| 5753 | memset(eq_p, '\0', 1); |
---|
| 5754 | |
---|
| 5755 | /* Loop through the new shadow file. */ |
---|
| 5756 | while (recordInNewShadow < numberOfNewShadowRecords) |
---|
| 5757 | { |
---|
| 5758 | if (readNewRecord) |
---|
| 5759 | { |
---|
| 5760 | /* Read a record from the new shadow file. */ |
---|
| 5761 | bytesRead = read(fp_new_shadow, &newShadowRecord, shadowRecordSize); |
---|
| 5762 | if (bytesRead != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
| 5763 | { |
---|
| 5764 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading from file descriptor %d\n", |
---|
| 5765 | fp_new_shadow); |
---|
| 5766 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5767 | } |
---|
| 5768 | |
---|
| 5769 | /* Put a null character at the end of the file name |
---|
| 5770 | to make it into a string so we can use strcmp(). */ |
---|
| 5771 | offset = atoi((const char *) newShadowRecord.tr.fnLength); |
---|
| 5772 | eq_p = newShadowRecord.tr.filename + offset; |
---|
| 5773 | memset(eq_p, '\0', 1); |
---|
| 5774 | |
---|
| 5775 | } /* end of if (readNewRecord) */ |
---|
| 5776 | |
---|
| 5777 | /* Compare the records from the old and new shadow files. */ |
---|
| 5778 | rc1 = strcmp((const char *) &oldShadowRecord.tr.filename, |
---|
| 5779 | (const char *) &newShadowRecord.tr.filename); |
---|
| 5780 | if (rc1 > 0) |
---|
| 5781 | { |
---|
| 5782 | /* We have not yet encountered a file in the new shadow file |
---|
| 5783 | that comes lexicographically after the file from the old |
---|
| 5784 | shadow file, so read the next record from the new shadow file. */ |
---|
| 5785 | recordInNewShadow++; |
---|
| 5786 | readNewRecord = true; |
---|
| 5787 | continue; |
---|
| 5788 | } |
---|
| 5789 | |
---|
| 5790 | if (rc1 == 0) |
---|
| 5791 | { |
---|
| 5792 | /* The names match. */ |
---|
| 5793 | recordInOldShadow++; |
---|
| 5794 | recordInNewShadow++; |
---|
| 5795 | readNewRecord = true; |
---|
| 5796 | searchNeeded = false; |
---|
| 5797 | break; |
---|
| 5798 | } |
---|
| 5799 | |
---|
| 5800 | if (rc1 < 0) |
---|
| 5801 | { |
---|
| 5802 | /* We just encountered a file in the new shadow file that comes |
---|
| 5803 | lexicographically after the file from the old shadow file, |
---|
| 5804 | so the file name does not exist in the newShadowFile (i.e., |
---|
| 5805 | it must have been deleted). Construct a transaction record |
---|
| 5806 | for the record from the old shadow file. */ |
---|
| 5807 | memset((void *) &transactionRecord, ' ', transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 5808 | memcpy((void *) &transactionRecord.filename, |
---|
| 5809 | (void *) &oldShadowRecord.tr.filename, |
---|
| 5810 | strlen((const char *) &oldShadowRecord.tr.filename)); |
---|
| 5811 | transactionRecord.delimeter2 = '\n'; |
---|
| 5812 | |
---|
| 5813 | /* Write the created transactions record to the deletions file. */ |
---|
| 5814 | bytesWritten = write(fp_del, &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 5815 | if (bytesWritten != transactionRecordSize) |
---|
| 5816 | { |
---|
| 5817 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to %d; wrote %d bytes, not %d\n", |
---|
| 5818 | fp_del, bytesWritten, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 5819 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5820 | } |
---|
| 5821 | shadowDeletions = true; |
---|
| 5822 | recordInOldShadow++; |
---|
| 5823 | readNewRecord = false; |
---|
| 5824 | searchNeeded = false; |
---|
| 5825 | break; |
---|
| 5826 | } /* end of if (rc1 < 0) */ |
---|
| 5827 | |
---|
| 5828 | } /* end of while (recordInNewShadow < numberOfNewShadowRecords) */ |
---|
| 5829 | |
---|
| 5830 | /* Did we exhaust all of the records in the |
---|
| 5831 | new shadow file in the course of a search? */ |
---|
| 5832 | if (searchNeeded && recordInNewShadow == numberOfNewShadowRecords) |
---|
| 5833 | { |
---|
| 5834 | /* If we get here, it indicates that the old record was |
---|
| 5835 | lexicographically greater than all of the records in the new |
---|
| 5836 | shadow file. We will therefore copy the old record and all of |
---|
| 5837 | the remaining old records to the deletions file. */ |
---|
| 5838 | |
---|
| 5839 | /* First, construct the transaction record for the |
---|
| 5840 | current old shadow record. */ |
---|
| 5841 | memset((void *) &transactionRecord, ' ', transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 5842 | memcpy((void *) &transactionRecord.filename, |
---|
| 5843 | (void *) &oldShadowRecord.tr.filename, |
---|
| 5844 | strlen((const char *) &oldShadowRecord.tr.filename)); |
---|
| 5845 | transactionRecord.delimeter2 = '\n'; |
---|
| 5846 | |
---|
| 5847 | /* Write the created transaction record to the deletions file. */ |
---|
| 5848 | bytesWritten = write(fp_del, &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 5849 | if (bytesWritten != transactionRecordSize) |
---|
| 5850 | { |
---|
| 5851 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to %d; wrote %d bytes, not %d\n", |
---|
| 5852 | fp_del, bytesWritten, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 5853 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5854 | } |
---|
| 5855 | |
---|
| 5856 | /* Set a flag to indicate that deletions were found. */ |
---|
| 5857 | shadowDeletions = true; |
---|
| 5858 | |
---|
| 5859 | /* Copy all of the remaining old shadow file records to the |
---|
| 5860 | deletions file and exit the loop. */ |
---|
| 5861 | for (j = recordInOldShadow+1; j < numberOfOldShadowRecords; j++) |
---|
| 5862 | { |
---|
| 5863 | /* Read a record from the old shadow file. */ |
---|
| 5864 | bytesRead = read(fp_old_shadow, &oldShadowRecord, shadowRecordSize); |
---|
| 5865 | if (bytesRead != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
| 5866 | { |
---|
| 5867 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 5868 | "Error reading from file descriptor %d\n", fp_old_shadow); |
---|
| 5869 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5870 | } |
---|
| 5871 | |
---|
| 5872 | /* Put a null character at the end of the file name |
---|
| 5873 | to make it into a string so we can use strcmp(). */ |
---|
| 5874 | offset = atoi((const char *) oldShadowRecord.tr.fnLength); |
---|
| 5875 | eq_p = oldShadowRecord.tr.filename + offset; |
---|
| 5876 | memset(eq_p, '\0', 1); |
---|
| 5877 | |
---|
| 5878 | /* Construct the transaction record for the shadow record. */ |
---|
| 5879 | memset((void *) &transactionRecord, ' ', transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 5880 | memcpy((void *) &transactionRecord.filename, |
---|
| 5881 | (void *) &oldShadowRecord.tr.filename, |
---|
| 5882 | strlen((const char *) &oldShadowRecord.tr.filename)); |
---|
| 5883 | transactionRecord.delimeter2 = '\n'; |
---|
| 5884 | |
---|
| 5885 | /* Write the created transactions record to the deletions file. */ |
---|
| 5886 | bytesWritten = write(fp_del, &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 5887 | if (bytesWritten != transactionRecordSize) |
---|
| 5888 | { |
---|
| 5889 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to %d; wrote %d bytes, not %d\n", |
---|
| 5890 | fp_del, bytesWritten, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 5891 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5892 | } |
---|
| 5893 | } /* end of for loop */ |
---|
| 5894 | break; // exit the loop through the old shadow file |
---|
| 5895 | |
---|
| 5896 | } /* if (recordInNewShadow == numberOfNewShadowRecords) */ |
---|
| 5897 | |
---|
| 5898 | } /* end of while (recordInOldShadow < numberOfOldShadowRecords) */ |
---|
| 5899 | |
---|
| 5900 | /* Close the deletions file. */ |
---|
| 5901 | rc = close(fp_del); |
---|
| 5902 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
| 5903 | { |
---|
| 5904 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot close file descriptor %d for file %s\n", |
---|
| 5905 | fp_del, deletionsFile); |
---|
| 5906 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5907 | } |
---|
| 5908 | |
---|
| 5909 | /* Close the old and new shadow files. */ |
---|
| 5910 | rc = close(fp_old_shadow); |
---|
| 5911 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
| 5912 | { |
---|
| 5913 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot close file descriptor %d for file %s\n", |
---|
| 5914 | fp_old_shadow, oldShadowFile); |
---|
| 5915 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5916 | } |
---|
| 5917 | rc = close(fp_new_shadow); |
---|
| 5918 | if (rc == -1) |
---|
| 5919 | { |
---|
| 5920 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot close file descriptor %d for file %s\n", |
---|
| 5921 | fp_new_shadow, newShadowFile); |
---|
| 5922 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5923 | } |
---|
| 5924 | |
---|
| 5925 | /* If there were deletions, set the deletions flag to true and |
---|
| 5926 | pass it and the name of the deletions file back to the caller. */ |
---|
| 5927 | if (shadowDeletions) |
---|
| 5928 | { |
---|
| 5929 | *fileDeletions = true; |
---|
| 5930 | strncpy(deletionsFilelist, deletionsFile, MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
| 5931 | } |
---|
| 5932 | else |
---|
| 5933 | { |
---|
| 5934 | /* Indicate no deletions and delete the deletions file. */ |
---|
| 5935 | *fileDeletions = false; |
---|
| 5936 | unlink(deletionsFile); |
---|
| 5937 | } |
---|
| 5938 | |
---|
| 5939 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 5940 | |
---|
| 5941 | return(rc); |
---|
| 5942 | |
---|
| 5943 | } /*------ end of getFilelistDeletions() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 5944 | |
---|
| 5945 | |
---|
| 5946 | /* |
---|
| 5947 | * NAME: doFSFileChanges() |
---|
| 5948 | * |
---|
| 5949 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 5950 | * Determine the files which have changed or which have been added |
---|
| 5951 | * to a filesystem and back them up. |
---|
| 5952 | * |
---|
| 5953 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 5954 | * fsName: (IN) The full path name of the mounted filesystem. |
---|
| 5955 | * fsSnapshotPathname: (IN) The full path name of a directory name |
---|
| 5956 | * indicating where a snapshot of the filesystem |
---|
| 5957 | * is to be stored. |
---|
| 5958 | * |
---|
| 5959 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 5960 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_PSUCCESS on partial success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 5961 | * |
---|
| 5962 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 5963 | */ |
---|
| 5964 | int doFSFileChanges(char *fsName, char *fsSnapshotPathname) |
---|
| 5965 | { |
---|
| 5966 | Int32 tmp, rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 5967 | Int32 numShadows; |
---|
| 5968 | char filenameTemp[MAX_FILE_NAME]; |
---|
| 5969 | inodeBitsArray *inodeBitsArray2P; |
---|
| 5970 | char* fn = "doFSFileChanges"; |
---|
| 5971 | |
---|
| 5972 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 5973 | |
---|
| 5974 | /* Do an incremental inode scan. Only the bits for inodes corresponding |
---|
| 5975 | to files that have changed since the previous backup will be set. */ |
---|
| 5976 | inodeBitsArray2P = &inodeBits2P; |
---|
| 5977 | rc = doIncrInodeScan(fsSnapshotPathname, &prevSnapId, inodeBitsArray2P, |
---|
| 5978 | backupControlP); |
---|
| 5979 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 5980 | { |
---|
| 5981 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 5982 | "doFSFileChanges(): doIncrInodeScan() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 5983 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 5984 | } |
---|
| 5985 | |
---|
| 5986 | /* Create the full pathname for the changes file for the filesystem. */ |
---|
| 5987 | snprintf(changesFile, MAX_FILE_NAME, "%s/%s", fsName, changesName); |
---|
| 5988 | |
---|
| 5989 | /* Using the bitmap to identify the changed files, extract the names of the |
---|
| 5990 | changed files from the backup shadow file to create the changes file. */ |
---|
| 5991 | rc = extractChangedFiles(backupShadowFile, *inodeBitsArray2P, |
---|
| 5992 | &fileChanges, changesFile); |
---|
| 5993 | if (rc != 0) |
---|
| 5994 | { |
---|
| 5995 | fprintf(stderr, |
---|
| 5996 | "getFSFileChanges(): extractChangedFiles() returned rc = %d\n", |
---|
| 5997 | rc); |
---|
| 5998 | unlink(changesFile); |
---|
| 5999 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 6000 | } |
---|
| 6001 | |
---|
| 6002 | /* Process any changes that were found. */ |
---|
| 6003 | if (fileChanges == true) |
---|
| 6004 | { |
---|
| 6005 | /* Rename the changes file to be the transactions file. */ |
---|
| 6006 | tmp = rename(changesFile, transactionsList); |
---|
| 6007 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
| 6008 | { |
---|
| 6009 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
| 6010 | changesFile, transactionsList, rc); |
---|
| 6011 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 6012 | } |
---|
| 6013 | |
---|
| 6014 | /* Invoke routine to process the transactions file. The false flag |
---|
| 6015 | that is passed tells the routine to divy the transactions file |
---|
| 6016 | among the client processes by number of files, not by aggregate |
---|
| 6017 | file size, which is what makes sense when doing deletions. */ |
---|
| 6018 | rc = processFilelist(fsName, |
---|
| 6019 | transactionCmdSelective, |
---|
| 6020 | transactionCmdOption, |
---|
| 6021 | backupControlP, |
---|
| 6022 | false); |
---|
| 6023 | } |
---|
| 6024 | else // There were no changes to process, so indicate success. |
---|
| 6025 | { |
---|
| 6026 | rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 6027 | } |
---|
| 6028 | |
---|
| 6029 | /* Process the return code. */ |
---|
| 6030 | switch (rc) |
---|
| 6031 | { |
---|
| 6032 | case RC_FAIL: /* failure */ |
---|
| 6033 | fprintf(stderr, "processFilelist() returned rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 6034 | break; |
---|
| 6035 | |
---|
| 6036 | case RC_PSUCCESS: /* partial success */ |
---|
| 6037 | case RC_SUCCESS: /* complete success */ |
---|
| 6038 | /* Rename the backup shadow file to be the old backup shadow file. */ |
---|
| 6039 | tmp = rename(backupShadowFile, backupShadowCheck); |
---|
| 6040 | if (tmp != 0) |
---|
| 6041 | { |
---|
| 6042 | fprintf(stderr, "rename(%s, %s) returned %d\n", |
---|
| 6043 | backupShadowFile, backupShadowCheck, rc); |
---|
| 6044 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 6045 | } |
---|
| 6046 | break; |
---|
| 6047 | |
---|
| 6048 | default: |
---|
| 6049 | fprintf(stderr, "processFilelist() returned unexpected rc = %d\n", rc); |
---|
| 6050 | rc = RC_FAIL; |
---|
| 6051 | break; |
---|
| 6052 | } |
---|
| 6053 | |
---|
| 6054 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 6055 | |
---|
| 6056 | return(rc); |
---|
| 6057 | |
---|
| 6058 | } /*------ end of doFSFileChanges() ----------------*/ |
---|
| 6059 | |
---|
| 6060 | |
---|
| 6061 | /* |
---|
| 6062 | * NAME: extractChangedFiles() |
---|
| 6063 | * |
---|
| 6064 | * FUNCTION: |
---|
| 6065 | * Extract the transaction records for the changed files from the |
---|
| 6066 | * input file, returning them in the output file. |
---|
| 6067 | * |
---|
| 6068 | * PARAMETERS: |
---|
| 6069 | * filein - (IN) the name of the file containing the pertinent |
---|
| 6070 | * backup shadow information |
---|
| 6071 | * bitMap - (IN) pointer to the bit map array that indicates |
---|
| 6072 | * whether a given inode is for a changed file |
---|
| 6073 | * fileChanges - (OUT) flag indicating whether there were any |
---|
| 6074 | * deleted files; a true value indicates |
---|
| 6075 | * there were |
---|
| 6076 | * fileout - (IN) the name of the file where the extracted |
---|
| 6077 | * transaction records should be written |
---|
| 6078 | * |
---|
| 6079 | * RETURNS: |
---|
| 6080 | * RC_SUCCESS on success, RC_FAIL on error. |
---|
| 6081 | * |
---|
| 6082 | * NOTES: |
---|
| 6083 | */ |
---|
| 6084 | int extractChangedFiles(char *filein, |
---|
| 6085 | inodeBitsArray bitMap, |
---|
| 6086 | Boolean *fileChanges, |
---|
| 6087 | char *fileout) |
---|
| 6088 | { |
---|
| 6089 | Int32 rc = RC_SUCCESS; |
---|
| 6090 | Int32 bytesRead, bytesWritten; |
---|
| 6091 | backup_shadow_record_t shadowRecord; |
---|
| 6092 | transactionsListRecord transactionRecord; |
---|
| 6093 | Int32 fp_in, fp_out; |
---|
| 6094 | Int64 recordInFile; |
---|
| 6095 | Int64 numberOfFiles; |
---|
| 6096 | Int32 transactionRecordSize, shadowRecordSize; |
---|
| 6097 | offset_t nextReadOffset, actualOffset; |
---|
| 6098 | struct stat statBuf; |
---|
| 6099 | inodeBitsArray myBitMap; |
---|
| 6100 | char* fn = "extractChangedFiles"; |
---|
| 6101 | |
---|
| 6102 | if (Tracing) traceEntry("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 6103 | |
---|
| 6104 | /* Initializations */ |
---|
| 6105 | myBitMap = bitMap; |
---|
| 6106 | transactionRecordSize = sizeof(transactionsListRecord); |
---|
| 6107 | shadowRecordSize = sizeof(backup_shadow_record_t); |
---|
| 6108 | |
---|
| 6109 | /* Stat and open the filein file. */ |
---|
| 6110 | if (stat(filein, &statBuf) == -1) |
---|
| 6111 | { |
---|
| 6112 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not stat file '%s', errno=%d\n", filein, errno); |
---|
| 6113 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 6114 | } |
---|
| 6115 | numberOfFiles = statBuf.st_size / shadowRecordSize; |
---|
| 6116 | |
---|
| 6117 | fp_in = open(filein, O_RDONLY, 0644); |
---|
| 6118 | if (fp_in == -1) |
---|
| 6119 | { |
---|
| 6120 | fprintf(stderr, "extractChangedFiles(%s, %s): open(%s) failure\n", |
---|
| 6121 | filein, fileout, filein); |
---|
| 6122 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 6123 | } |
---|
| 6124 | |
---|
| 6125 | /* Locate the first record in the filein file. */ |
---|
| 6126 | recordInFile = 0; |
---|
| 6127 | nextReadOffset = recordInFile*shadowRecordSize; |
---|
| 6128 | actualOffset = lseek(fp_in, recordInFile*shadowRecordSize, SEEK_SET); |
---|
| 6129 | if (actualOffset != nextReadOffset) |
---|
| 6130 | { |
---|
| 6131 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot seek to %lld in %s\n", |
---|
| 6132 | recordInFile*shadowRecordSize, filein); |
---|
| 6133 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 6134 | } |
---|
| 6135 | |
---|
| 6136 | /* Create and open the fileout file in append mode. */ |
---|
| 6137 | fp_out = open(fileout, O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_RDWR | O_TRUNC, 0600); |
---|
| 6138 | if (fp_out == -1) |
---|
| 6139 | { |
---|
| 6140 | fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open file %s\n", fileout); |
---|
| 6141 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 6142 | } |
---|
| 6143 | |
---|
| 6144 | /* Read each record from the input file and get the specified file name. */ |
---|
| 6145 | while (numberOfFiles > 0) |
---|
| 6146 | { |
---|
| 6147 | bytesRead = read(fp_in, &shadowRecord, shadowRecordSize); |
---|
| 6148 | if (bytesRead != shadowRecordSize) |
---|
| 6149 | { |
---|
| 6150 | fprintf(stderr, "Error reading file %s\n", filein); |
---|
| 6151 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 6152 | } |
---|
| 6153 | |
---|
| 6154 | /* Check the bit map array entry to determine |
---|
| 6155 | whether the inode must be backed up. */ |
---|
| 6156 | if (testBit(myBitMap, |
---|
| 6157 | (UInt32) atoi((const char *) shadowRecord.inodenum)) != 0) |
---|
| 6158 | { |
---|
| 6159 | /* Build the record to be written to the file. */ |
---|
| 6160 | memset((void *) &transactionRecord, ' ', transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 6161 | memcpy((void *) &transactionRecord.filename, |
---|
| 6162 | (void *) &shadowRecord.tr.filename, MAX_FILE_NAME); |
---|
| 6163 | transactionRecord.delimeter2 = '\n'; |
---|
| 6164 | |
---|
| 6165 | /* Write the record to the file. */ |
---|
| 6166 | bytesWritten = write(fp_out, &transactionRecord, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 6167 | if (bytesWritten != transactionRecordSize) |
---|
| 6168 | { |
---|
| 6169 | fprintf(stderr, "Error writing to %d; wrote %d bytes, not %d\n", |
---|
| 6170 | fp_out, bytesWritten, transactionRecordSize); |
---|
| 6171 | return(RC_FAIL); |
---|
| 6172 | } |
---|
| 6173 | *fileChanges = true; |
---|
| 6174 | } |
---|
| 6175 | numberOfFiles--; |
---|
| 6176 | } |
---|
| 6177 | |
---|
| 6178 | /* Close the input and output files. */ |
---|
| 6179 | close(fp_in); |
---|
| 6180 | close(fp_out); |
---|
| 6181 | |
---|
| 6182 | if (Tracing) traceExit("tsbackup.C", fn, __LINE__); |
---|
| 6183 | |
---|
| 6184 | return(rc); |
---|
| 6185 | |
---|
| 6186 | } /*------ end of extractChangedFiles ----------------*/ |
---|
| 6187 | |
---|